File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c |
Warning: | line 4349, column 3 Value stored to 'i_shdrp' is never read |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
2 | |
3 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
4 | 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
5 | |
6 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
7 | |
8 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
10 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
11 | (at your option) any later version. |
12 | |
13 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
17 | |
18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
19 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
20 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
21 | |
22 | /* SECTION |
23 | |
24 | ELF backends |
25 | |
26 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
27 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
28 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
29 | |
30 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
31 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
32 | haven't bothered yet. */ |
33 | |
34 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
35 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
36 | #include "bfd.h" |
37 | #include "sysdep.h" |
38 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
39 | #include "libbfd.h" |
40 | #define ARCH_SIZE0 0 |
41 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
42 | #include "libiberty.h" |
43 | |
44 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
45 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
46 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
47 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
48 | static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
49 | |
50 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
51 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
52 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
53 | |
54 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
55 | |
56 | void |
57 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
58 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
59 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
60 | { |
61 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_version)); |
62 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_flags)); |
63 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_ndx)); |
64 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vd_cnt)); |
65 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_hash)); |
66 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_aux)); |
67 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vd_next)); |
68 | } |
69 | |
70 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
71 | |
72 | void |
73 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
74 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
75 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
76 | { |
77 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_version, dst ->vd_version)); |
78 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_flags, dst ->vd_flags)); |
79 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_ndx, dst-> vd_ndx)); |
80 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vd_cnt, dst-> vd_cnt)); |
81 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_hash, dst-> vd_hash)); |
82 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_aux, dst-> vd_aux)); |
83 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vd_next, dst-> vd_next)); |
84 | } |
85 | |
86 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
87 | |
88 | void |
89 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
90 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
91 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
92 | { |
93 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vda_name)); |
94 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vda_next)); |
95 | } |
96 | |
97 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
98 | |
99 | void |
100 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
101 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
102 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
103 | { |
104 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vda_name, dst ->vda_name)); |
105 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vda_next, dst ->vda_next)); |
106 | } |
107 | |
108 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
109 | |
110 | void |
111 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
112 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
113 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
114 | { |
115 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vn_version)); |
116 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vn_cnt)); |
117 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_file)); |
118 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_aux)); |
119 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vn_next)); |
120 | } |
121 | |
122 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
123 | |
124 | void |
125 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
126 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
127 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
128 | { |
129 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vn_version, dst ->vn_version)); |
130 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vn_cnt, dst-> vn_cnt)); |
131 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_file, dst-> vn_file)); |
132 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_aux, dst-> vn_aux)); |
133 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vn_next, dst-> vn_next)); |
134 | } |
135 | |
136 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
137 | |
138 | void |
139 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
140 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
141 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
142 | { |
143 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_hash)); |
144 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vna_flags)); |
145 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vna_other)); |
146 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_name)); |
147 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src->vna_next)); |
148 | } |
149 | |
150 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
151 | |
152 | void |
153 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
154 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
155 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
156 | { |
157 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_hash, dst ->vna_hash)); |
158 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vna_flags, dst ->vna_flags)); |
159 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vna_other, dst ->vna_other)); |
160 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_name, dst ->vna_name)); |
161 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (src->vna_next, dst ->vna_next)); |
162 | } |
163 | |
164 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
165 | |
166 | void |
167 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
168 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
169 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
170 | { |
171 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx16)) (src->vs_vers)); |
172 | } |
173 | |
174 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
175 | |
176 | void |
177 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
178 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
179 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
180 | { |
181 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx16)) (src->vs_vers, dst-> vs_vers)); |
182 | } |
183 | |
184 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
185 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
186 | |
187 | unsigned long |
188 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
189 | { |
190 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
191 | unsigned long h = 0; |
192 | unsigned long g; |
193 | int ch; |
194 | |
195 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
196 | { |
197 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
198 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
199 | { |
200 | h ^= g >> 24; |
201 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
202 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
203 | h ^= g; |
204 | } |
205 | } |
206 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
207 | } |
208 | |
209 | /* Read a specified number of bytes at a specified offset in an ELF |
210 | file, into a newly allocated buffer, and return a pointer to the |
211 | buffer. */ |
212 | |
213 | static char * |
214 | elf_read (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
215 | { |
216 | char *buf; |
217 | |
218 | if ((buf = bfd_alloc (abfd, size)) == NULL((void*)0)) |
219 | return NULL((void*)0); |
220 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0) |
221 | return NULL((void*)0); |
222 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
223 | { |
224 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
225 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
226 | return NULL((void*)0); |
227 | } |
228 | return buf; |
229 | } |
230 | |
231 | bfd_boolean |
232 | bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
233 | { |
234 | /* This just does initialization. */ |
235 | /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */ |
236 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
237 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) == 0) |
238 | return FALSE0; |
239 | /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any |
240 | initialization? */ |
241 | |
242 | return TRUE1; |
243 | } |
244 | |
245 | bfd_boolean |
246 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
247 | { |
248 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
249 | return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); |
250 | } |
251 | |
252 | char * |
253 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
254 | { |
255 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
256 | char *shstrtab = NULL((void*)0); |
257 | file_ptr offset; |
258 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
259 | |
260 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
261 | if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
262 | return 0; |
263 | |
264 | shstrtab = (char *) i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
265 | if (shstrtab == NULL((void*)0)) |
266 | { |
267 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
268 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
269 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
270 | shstrtab = elf_read (abfd, offset, shstrtabsize); |
271 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
272 | } |
273 | return shstrtab; |
274 | } |
275 | |
276 | char * |
277 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
278 | unsigned int shindex, |
279 | unsigned int strindex) |
280 | { |
281 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
282 | |
283 | if (strindex == 0) |
284 | return ""; |
285 | |
286 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex]; |
287 | |
288 | if (hdr->contents == NULL((void*)0) |
289 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL((void*)0)) |
290 | return NULL((void*)0); |
291 | |
292 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
293 | { |
294 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
295 | (_("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'")("%s: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
296 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
297 | ((shindex == elf_elfheader(abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx |
298 | && strindex == hdr->sh_name) |
299 | ? ".shstrtab" |
300 | : elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, (((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data ) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
301 | return ""; |
302 | } |
303 | |
304 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
305 | } |
306 | |
307 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
308 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
309 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
310 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
311 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */ |
312 | |
313 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
314 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
315 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
316 | size_t symcount, |
317 | size_t symoffset, |
318 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
319 | void *extsym_buf, |
320 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
321 | { |
322 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
323 | void *alloc_ext; |
324 | const bfd_byte *esym; |
325 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
326 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
327 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
328 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
329 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
330 | size_t extsym_size; |
331 | bfd_size_type amt; |
332 | file_ptr pos; |
333 | |
334 | if (symcount == 0) |
335 | return intsym_buf; |
336 | |
337 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
338 | shndx_hdr = NULL((void*)0); |
339 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr) |
340 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
341 | |
342 | /* Read the symbols. */ |
343 | alloc_ext = NULL((void*)0); |
344 | alloc_extshndx = NULL((void*)0); |
345 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (ibfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
346 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
347 | amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
348 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
349 | if (extsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
350 | { |
351 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc (amt); |
352 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
353 | } |
354 | if (extsym_buf == NULL((void*)0) |
355 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
356 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
357 | { |
358 | intsym_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
359 | goto out; |
360 | } |
361 | |
362 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL((void*)0) || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
363 | extshndx_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
364 | else |
365 | { |
366 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
367 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
368 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
369 | { |
370 | alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc (amt); |
371 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
372 | } |
373 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL((void*)0) |
374 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
375 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
376 | { |
377 | intsym_buf = NULL((void*)0); |
378 | goto out; |
379 | } |
380 | } |
381 | |
382 | if (intsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
383 | { |
384 | bfd_size_type amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym); |
385 | intsym_buf = bfd_malloc (amt); |
386 | if (intsym_buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
387 | goto out; |
388 | } |
389 | |
390 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
391 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
392 | for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; |
393 | isym < isymend; |
394 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL((void*)0) ? shndx + 1 : NULL((void*)0)) |
395 | (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym); |
396 | |
397 | out: |
398 | if (alloc_ext != NULL((void*)0)) |
399 | free (alloc_ext); |
400 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
401 | free (alloc_extshndx); |
402 | |
403 | return intsym_buf; |
404 | } |
405 | |
406 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
407 | const char * |
408 | bfd_elf_local_sym_name (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *isym) |
409 | { |
410 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
411 | unsigned int shindex = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_link; |
412 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info)((isym->st_info) & 0xF) == STT_SECTION3) |
413 | { |
414 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
415 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx; |
416 | } |
417 | |
418 | return bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
419 | } |
420 | |
421 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
422 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
423 | pointers. */ |
424 | |
425 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
426 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
427 | unsigned int flags; |
428 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
429 | |
430 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
431 | signature just a string? */ |
432 | |
433 | static const char * |
434 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
435 | { |
436 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
437 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
438 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
439 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
440 | |
441 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. */ |
442 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
443 | return NULL((void*)0); |
444 | |
445 | /* Go read the symbol. */ |
446 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
447 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
448 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL((void*)0)) |
449 | return NULL((void*)0); |
450 | |
451 | return bfd_elf_local_sym_name (abfd, &isym); |
452 | } |
453 | |
454 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
455 | |
456 | static bfd_boolean |
457 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
458 | { |
459 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group; |
460 | |
461 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
462 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
463 | if (num_group == 0) |
464 | { |
465 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
466 | |
467 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
468 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
469 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
470 | num_group = 0; |
471 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
472 | { |
473 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
474 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17 && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
475 | num_group += 1; |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | if (num_group == 0) |
479 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
480 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->num_group = num_group; |
481 | |
482 | if (num_group > 0) |
483 | { |
484 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
485 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
486 | bfd_size_type amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
487 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
488 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
489 | return FALSE0; |
490 | |
491 | num_group = 0; |
492 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
493 | { |
494 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
495 | if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17 && shdr->sh_size >= 8) |
496 | { |
497 | unsigned char *src; |
498 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
499 | |
500 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
501 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
502 | num_group += 1; |
503 | |
504 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
505 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4){ if (!(sizeof (*dest) >= 4)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,505); }; |
506 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
507 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
508 | if (shdr->contents == NULL((void*)0) |
509 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
510 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
511 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
512 | return FALSE0; |
513 | |
514 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
515 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
516 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
517 | pointers. */ |
518 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
519 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
520 | while (1) |
521 | { |
522 | unsigned int idx; |
523 | |
524 | src -= 4; |
525 | --dest; |
526 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (src)); |
527 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
528 | { |
529 | dest->flags = idx; |
530 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0) && (idx & GRP_COMDAT0x1)) |
531 | shdr->bfd_section->flags |
532 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x100000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
533 | break; |
534 | } |
535 | if (idx >= shnum) |
536 | { |
537 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
538 | (_("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry")("%s: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), |
539 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd))); |
540 | idx = 0; |
541 | } |
542 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[idx]; |
543 | } |
544 | } |
545 | } |
546 | } |
547 | } |
548 | |
549 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
550 | { |
551 | unsigned int i; |
552 | |
553 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
554 | { |
555 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
556 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
557 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
558 | |
559 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
560 | section is a member. */ |
561 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
562 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
563 | { |
564 | asection *s = NULL((void*)0); |
565 | |
566 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
567 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
568 | next_in_group. */ |
569 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
570 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
571 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
572 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL((void*)0) |
573 | && elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0)) |
574 | break; |
575 | if (n_elt != 0) |
576 | { |
577 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
578 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
579 | elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) = elf_group_name (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->group. name); |
580 | elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) = elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
581 | elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) = newsect; |
582 | } |
583 | else |
584 | { |
585 | const char *gname; |
586 | |
587 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
588 | if (gname == NULL((void*)0)) |
589 | return FALSE0; |
590 | elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) = gname; |
591 | |
592 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
593 | elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) = newsect; |
594 | } |
595 | |
596 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
597 | new member. */ |
598 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
599 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)shdr->bfd_section->used_by_bfd )->next_in_group) = newsect; |
600 | |
601 | i = num_group - 1; |
602 | break; |
603 | } |
604 | } |
605 | } |
606 | |
607 | if (elf_group_name (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> group.name) == NULL((void*)0)) |
608 | { |
609 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: no group info for section %s")("%s: no group info for section %s"), |
610 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), newsect->name); |
611 | } |
612 | return TRUE1; |
613 | } |
614 | |
615 | bfd_boolean |
616 | bfd_elf_discard_group (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), asection *group) |
617 | { |
618 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (group)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)group->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
619 | asection *s = first; |
620 | |
621 | while (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
622 | { |
623 | s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr((asection *) &bfd_abs_section); |
624 | s = elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
625 | /* These lists are circular. */ |
626 | if (s == first) |
627 | break; |
628 | } |
629 | return TRUE1; |
630 | } |
631 | |
632 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
633 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
634 | |
635 | bfd_boolean |
636 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
637 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
638 | const char *name) |
639 | { |
640 | asection *newsect; |
641 | flagword flags; |
642 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
643 | |
644 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
645 | { |
646 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,{ if (!(strcmp (name, ((hdr->bfd_section)->name + 0)) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",647 ); } |
647 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0){ if (!(strcmp (name, ((hdr->bfd_section)->name + 0)) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",647 ); }; |
648 | return TRUE1; |
649 | } |
650 | |
651 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
652 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
653 | return FALSE0; |
654 | |
655 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
656 | elf_section_type (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> this_hdr.sh_type) = hdr->sh_type; |
657 | elf_section_flags (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> this_hdr.sh_flags) = hdr->sh_flags; |
658 | |
659 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
660 | |
661 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)(((newsect)->vma = (newsect)->lma = (hdr->sh_addr)), ((newsect)->user_set_vma = 1), 1) |
662 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
663 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,(((newsect)->alignment_power = (bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr-> sh_addralign))),1) |
664 | bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))(((newsect)->alignment_power = (bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr-> sh_addralign))),1)) |
665 | return FALSE0; |
666 | |
667 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS0x000; |
668 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
669 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
670 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP17) |
671 | flags |= SEC_GROUP0x80000000 | SEC_EXCLUDE0x40000; |
672 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0) |
673 | { |
674 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
675 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
676 | flags |= SEC_LOAD0x002; |
677 | } |
678 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE(1 << 0)) == 0) |
679 | flags |= SEC_READONLY0x010; |
680 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2)) != 0) |
681 | flags |= SEC_CODE0x020; |
682 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
683 | flags |= SEC_DATA0x040; |
684 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE(1 << 4)) != 0) |
685 | { |
686 | flags |= SEC_MERGE0x20000000; |
687 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
688 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS(1 << 5)) != 0) |
689 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS0x40000000; |
690 | } |
691 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP(1 << 9)) |
692 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
693 | return FALSE0; |
694 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS(1 << 10)) != 0) |
695 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000; |
696 | |
697 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not |
698 | any sort of flag. */ |
699 | { |
700 | static const char *debug_sec_names [] = |
701 | { |
702 | ".debug", |
703 | ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", |
704 | ".line", |
705 | ".stab" |
706 | }; |
707 | int i; |
708 | |
709 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sec_names)(sizeof (debug_sec_names) / sizeof ((debug_sec_names)[0])); i--;) |
710 | if (strncmp (name, debug_sec_names[i], strlen (debug_sec_names[i])) == 0) |
711 | break; |
712 | |
713 | if (i >= 0) |
714 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING0x10000; |
715 | } |
716 | |
717 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
718 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
719 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
720 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
721 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
722 | all but one of the sections. */ |
723 | if (strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0 |
724 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)-> next_in_group) == NULL((void*)0)) |
725 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x100000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
726 | |
727 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
728 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
729 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
730 | return FALSE0; |
731 | |
732 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
733 | return FALSE0; |
734 | |
735 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
736 | { |
737 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
738 | unsigned int i; |
739 | |
740 | /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. |
741 | If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since |
742 | some ELF linkers produce such output. */ |
743 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
744 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
745 | { |
746 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
747 | break; |
748 | } |
749 | if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum) |
750 | { |
751 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
752 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
753 | { |
754 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file |
755 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory |
756 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the |
757 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. |
758 | |
759 | Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and |
760 | refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong |
761 | though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can |
762 | have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, |
763 | place special significance on the address 0 and |
764 | executables need to be able to have a segment which |
765 | covers this address. */ |
766 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
767 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset |
768 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
769 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
770 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0 |
771 | || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
772 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) |
773 | { |
774 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
775 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
776 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
777 | else |
778 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
779 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
780 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
781 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
782 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
783 | segment will contain sections with contiguous |
784 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
785 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
786 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
787 | |
788 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
789 | offsets whether a section with zero size should |
790 | be placed at the end of one segment or the |
791 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
792 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
793 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
794 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
795 | break; |
796 | } |
797 | } |
798 | } |
799 | } |
800 | |
801 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
802 | elf_section_data (newsect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
803 | |
804 | return TRUE1; |
805 | } |
806 | |
807 | /* |
808 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION |
809 | bfd_elf_find_section |
810 | |
811 | SYNOPSIS |
812 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); |
813 | |
814 | DESCRIPTION |
815 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. |
816 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an |
817 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, |
818 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary |
819 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. |
820 | */ |
821 | |
822 | struct elf_internal_shdr * |
823 | bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) |
824 | { |
825 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
826 | char *shstrtab; |
827 | unsigned int max; |
828 | unsigned int i; |
829 | |
830 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
831 | if (i_shdrp != NULL((void*)0)) |
832 | { |
833 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, |
834 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx); |
835 | if (shstrtab != NULL((void*)0)) |
836 | { |
837 | max = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
838 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) |
839 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) |
840 | return i_shdrp[i]; |
841 | } |
842 | } |
843 | return 0; |
844 | } |
845 | |
846 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
847 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
848 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
849 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
850 | }; |
851 | |
852 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
853 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
854 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
855 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
856 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
857 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
858 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
859 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
860 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
861 | |
862 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
863 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
864 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
865 | asymbol *symbol, |
866 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
867 | asection *input_section, |
868 | bfd *output_bfd, |
869 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
870 | { |
871 | if (output_bfd != NULL((void*)0) |
872 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) == 0 |
873 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
874 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
875 | { |
876 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
877 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
878 | } |
879 | |
880 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
881 | } |
882 | |
883 | /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */ |
884 | |
885 | static void |
886 | merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
887 | asection *sec) |
888 | { |
889 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE){ if (!(sec->sec_info_type == 2)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,889); }; |
890 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE0; |
891 | } |
892 | |
893 | /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ |
894 | |
895 | bfd_boolean |
896 | _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
897 | { |
898 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
899 | return FALSE0; |
900 | if (elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info) |
901 | _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info, |
902 | merge_sections_remove_hook); |
903 | return TRUE1; |
904 | } |
905 | |
906 | void |
907 | _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
908 | { |
909 | sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr((asection *) &bfd_abs_section); |
910 | sec->output_offset = sec->vma; |
911 | if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
912 | return; |
913 | |
914 | sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS4; |
915 | } |
916 | |
917 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
918 | another. */ |
919 | |
920 | bfd_boolean |
921 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
922 | { |
923 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
924 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
925 | return TRUE1; |
926 | |
927 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd){ if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,929); } |
928 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags{ if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,929); } |
929 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)){ if (!(!(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) || ((((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)-> e_flags == (((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header )->e_flags))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,929); }; |
930 | |
931 | elf_gp (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> gp) = elf_gp (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> gp); |
932 | elf_elfheader (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_flags; |
933 | elf_flags_init (obfd)(((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> flags_init) = TRUE1; |
934 | return TRUE1; |
935 | } |
936 | |
937 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
938 | |
939 | bfd_boolean |
940 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
941 | { |
942 | FILE *f = farg; |
943 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
944 | asection *s; |
945 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
946 | |
947 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
948 | if (p != NULL((void*)0)) |
949 | { |
950 | unsigned int i, c; |
951 | |
952 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
953 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
954 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
955 | { |
956 | const char *pt; |
957 | char buf[20]; |
958 | |
959 | switch (p->p_type) |
960 | { |
961 | case PT_NULL0: pt = "NULL"; break; |
962 | case PT_LOAD1: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
963 | case PT_DYNAMIC2: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
964 | case PT_INTERP3: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
965 | case PT_NOTE4: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
966 | case PT_SHLIB5: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
967 | case PT_PHDR6: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
968 | case PT_TLS7: pt = "TLS"; break; |
969 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550): pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
970 | case PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551): pt = "STACK"; break; |
971 | case PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6: pt = "OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE"; break; |
972 | default: sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; break; |
973 | } |
974 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
975 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
976 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
977 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
978 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
979 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
980 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
981 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
982 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
983 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
984 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
985 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
986 | (p->p_flags & PF_R(1 << 2)) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
987 | (p->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1)) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
988 | (p->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
989 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_W(1 << 1) | PF_X(1 << 0))) != 0) |
990 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_W(1 << 1) | PF_X(1 << 0))); |
991 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
992 | } |
993 | } |
994 | |
995 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
996 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
997 | { |
998 | int elfsec; |
999 | unsigned long shlink; |
1000 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
1001 | size_t extdynsize; |
1002 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
1003 | |
1004 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
1005 | |
1006 | dynbuf = bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); |
1007 | if (dynbuf == NULL((void*)0)) |
1008 | goto error_return; |
1009 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, dynbuf, 0, s->_raw_size)) |
1010 | goto error_return; |
1011 | |
1012 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
1013 | if (elfsec == -1) |
1014 | goto error_return; |
1015 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
1016 | |
1017 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_dyn; |
1018 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->swap_dyn_in; |
1019 | |
1020 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
1021 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; |
1022 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
1023 | { |
1024 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
1025 | const char *name; |
1026 | char ab[20]; |
1027 | bfd_boolean stringp; |
1028 | |
1029 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
1030 | |
1031 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL0) |
1032 | break; |
1033 | |
1034 | stringp = FALSE0; |
1035 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
1036 | { |
1037 | default: |
1038 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
1039 | name = ab; |
1040 | break; |
1041 | |
1042 | case DT_NEEDED1: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1043 | case DT_PLTRELSZ2: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
1044 | case DT_PLTGOT3: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
1045 | case DT_HASH4: name = "HASH"; break; |
1046 | case DT_STRTAB5: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
1047 | case DT_SYMTAB6: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
1048 | case DT_RELA7: name = "RELA"; break; |
1049 | case DT_RELASZ8: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
1050 | case DT_RELAENT9: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
1051 | case DT_STRSZ10: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
1052 | case DT_SYMENT11: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
1053 | case DT_INIT12: name = "INIT"; break; |
1054 | case DT_FINI13: name = "FINI"; break; |
1055 | case DT_SONAME14: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1056 | case DT_RPATH15: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1057 | case DT_SYMBOLIC16: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
1058 | case DT_REL17: name = "REL"; break; |
1059 | case DT_RELSZ18: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
1060 | case DT_RELENT19: name = "RELENT"; break; |
1061 | case DT_PLTREL20: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
1062 | case DT_DEBUG21: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
1063 | case DT_TEXTREL22: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
1064 | case DT_JMPREL23: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
1065 | case DT_BIND_NOW24: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
1066 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY25: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
1067 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY26: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
1068 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ27: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
1069 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ28: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
1070 | case DT_RUNPATH29: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1071 | case DT_FLAGS30: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
1072 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY32: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
1073 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ33: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
1074 | case DT_CHECKSUM0x6ffffdf8: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
1075 | case DT_PLTPADSZ0x6ffffdf9: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
1076 | case DT_MOVEENT0x6ffffdfa: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
1077 | case DT_MOVESZ0x6ffffdfb: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
1078 | case DT_FEATURE0x6ffffdfc: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
1079 | case DT_POSFLAG_10x6ffffdfd: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
1080 | case DT_SYMINSZ0x6ffffdfe: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
1081 | case DT_SYMINENT0x6ffffdff: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
1082 | case DT_CONFIG0x6ffffefa: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1083 | case DT_DEPAUDIT0x6ffffefb: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1084 | case DT_AUDIT0x6ffffefc: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1085 | case DT_PLTPAD0x6ffffefd: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
1086 | case DT_MOVETAB0x6ffffefe: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
1087 | case DT_SYMINFO0x6ffffeff: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
1088 | case DT_RELACOUNT0x6ffffff9: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
1089 | case DT_RELCOUNT0x6ffffffa: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
1090 | case DT_FLAGS_10x6ffffffb: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
1091 | case DT_VERSYM0x6ffffff0: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
1092 | case DT_VERDEF0x6ffffffc: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
1093 | case DT_VERDEFNUM0x6ffffffd: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
1094 | case DT_VERNEED0x6ffffffe: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
1095 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM0x6fffffff: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
1096 | case DT_AUXILIARY0x7ffffffd: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1097 | case DT_USED0x7ffffffe: name = "USED"; break; |
1098 | case DT_FILTER0x7fffffff: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE1; break; |
1099 | } |
1100 | |
1101 | fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); |
1102 | if (! stringp) |
1103 | fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); |
1104 | else |
1105 | { |
1106 | const char *string; |
1107 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
1108 | |
1109 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
1110 | if (string == NULL((void*)0)) |
1111 | goto error_return; |
1112 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
1113 | } |
1114 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
1115 | } |
1116 | |
1117 | free (dynbuf); |
1118 | dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
1119 | } |
1120 | |
1121 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
1122 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref == NULL((void*)0))) |
1123 | { |
1124 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd)) |
1125 | return FALSE0; |
1126 | } |
1127 | |
1128 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0) |
1129 | { |
1130 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
1131 | |
1132 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
1133 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef; t != NULL((void*)0); t = t->vd_nextdef) |
1134 | { |
1135 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
1136 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename); |
1137 | if (t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL((void*)0)) |
1138 | { |
1139 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
1140 | |
1141 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
1142 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
1143 | a != NULL((void*)0); |
1144 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
1145 | fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename); |
1146 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
1147 | } |
1148 | } |
1149 | } |
1150 | |
1151 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0) |
1152 | { |
1153 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
1154 | |
1155 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")("\nVersion References:\n")); |
1156 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; t != NULL((void*)0); t = t->vn_nextref) |
1157 | { |
1158 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
1159 | |
1160 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n")(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename); |
1161 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL((void*)0); a = a->vna_nextptr) |
1162 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
1163 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename); |
1164 | } |
1165 | } |
1166 | |
1167 | return TRUE1; |
1168 | |
1169 | error_return: |
1170 | if (dynbuf != NULL((void*)0)) |
1171 | free (dynbuf); |
1172 | return FALSE0; |
1173 | } |
1174 | |
1175 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
1176 | |
1177 | void |
1178 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
1179 | void *filep, |
1180 | asymbol *symbol, |
1181 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
1182 | { |
1183 | FILE *file = filep; |
1184 | switch (how) |
1185 | { |
1186 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
1187 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
1188 | break; |
1189 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
1190 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
1191 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
1192 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
1193 | break; |
1194 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
1195 | { |
1196 | const char *section_name; |
1197 | const char *name = NULL((void*)0); |
1198 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
1199 | unsigned char st_other; |
1200 | bfd_vma val; |
1201 | |
1202 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
1203 | |
1204 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
1205 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
1206 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
1207 | |
1208 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
1209 | { |
1210 | name = symbol->name; |
1211 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
1212 | } |
1213 | |
1214 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
1215 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
1216 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
1217 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
1218 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
1219 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)(((symbol->section)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
1220 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
1221 | else |
1222 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
1223 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
1224 | |
1225 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
1226 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynversym_section != 0 |
1227 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_section != 0 |
1228 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_section != 0)) |
1229 | { |
1230 | unsigned int vernum; |
1231 | const char *version_string; |
1232 | |
1233 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff; |
1234 | |
1235 | if (vernum == 0) |
1236 | version_string = ""; |
1237 | else if (vernum == 1) |
1238 | version_string = "Base"; |
1239 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs) |
1240 | version_string = |
1241 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
1242 | else |
1243 | { |
1244 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
1245 | |
1246 | version_string = ""; |
1247 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; |
1248 | t != NULL((void*)0); |
1249 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
1250 | { |
1251 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
1252 | |
1253 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL((void*)0); a = a->vna_nextptr) |
1254 | { |
1255 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
1256 | { |
1257 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
1258 | break; |
1259 | } |
1260 | } |
1261 | } |
1262 | } |
1263 | |
1264 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN0x8000) == 0) |
1265 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
1266 | else |
1267 | { |
1268 | int i; |
1269 | |
1270 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
1271 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
1272 | putc (' ', file)(!__isthreaded ? __sputc(' ', file) : (putc)(' ', file)); |
1273 | } |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
1277 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
1278 | |
1279 | switch (st_other) |
1280 | { |
1281 | case 0: break; |
1282 | case STV_INTERNAL1: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
1283 | case STV_HIDDEN2: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
1284 | case STV_PROTECTED3: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
1285 | default: |
1286 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
1287 | everything hex. */ |
1288 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
1289 | } |
1290 | |
1291 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
1292 | } |
1293 | break; |
1294 | } |
1295 | } |
1296 | |
1297 | /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1298 | |
1299 | struct bfd_hash_entry * |
1300 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
1301 | struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
1302 | const char *string) |
1303 | { |
1304 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
1305 | subclass. */ |
1306 | if (entry == NULL((void*)0)) |
1307 | { |
1308 | entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); |
1309 | if (entry == NULL((void*)0)) |
1310 | return entry; |
1311 | } |
1312 | |
1313 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
1314 | entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
1315 | if (entry != NULL((void*)0)) |
1316 | { |
1317 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
1318 | struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; |
1319 | |
1320 | /* Set local fields. */ |
1321 | ret->indx = -1; |
1322 | ret->dynindx = -1; |
1323 | ret->dynstr_index = 0; |
1324 | ret->elf_hash_value = 0; |
1325 | ret->weakdef = NULL((void*)0); |
1326 | ret->verinfo.verdef = NULL((void*)0); |
1327 | ret->vtable_entries_size = 0; |
1328 | ret->vtable_entries_used = NULL((void*)0); |
1329 | ret->vtable_parent = NULL((void*)0); |
1330 | ret->got = htab->init_refcount; |
1331 | ret->plt = htab->init_refcount; |
1332 | ret->size = 0; |
1333 | ret->type = STT_NOTYPE0; |
1334 | ret->other = 0; |
1335 | /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. |
1336 | This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input |
1337 | file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol |
1338 | reader will have the flag set correctly. */ |
1339 | ret->elf_link_hash_flags = ELF_LINK_NON_ELF0400; |
1340 | } |
1341 | |
1342 | return entry; |
1343 | } |
1344 | |
1345 | /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the |
1346 | old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ |
1347 | |
1348 | void |
1349 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (const struct elf_backend_data *bed, |
1350 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
1351 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
1352 | { |
1353 | bfd_signed_vma tmp; |
1354 | bfd_signed_vma lowest_valid = bed->can_refcount; |
1355 | |
1356 | /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the |
1357 | symbol which just became indirect. */ |
1358 | |
1359 | dir->elf_link_hash_flags |
1360 | |= ind->elf_link_hash_flags & (ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC04 |
1361 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR01 |
1362 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR_NONWEAK020 |
1363 | | ELF_LINK_NON_GOT_REF010000 |
1364 | | ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT0200 |
1365 | | ELF_LINK_POINTER_EQUALITY_NEEDED0100000); |
1366 | |
1367 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
1368 | return; |
1369 | |
1370 | /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. |
1371 | These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ |
1372 | tmp = dir->got.refcount; |
1373 | if (tmp < lowest_valid) |
1374 | { |
1375 | dir->got.refcount = ind->got.refcount; |
1376 | ind->got.refcount = tmp; |
1377 | } |
1378 | else |
1379 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid){ if (!(ind->got.refcount < lowest_valid)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1379); }; |
1380 | |
1381 | tmp = dir->plt.refcount; |
1382 | if (tmp < lowest_valid) |
1383 | { |
1384 | dir->plt.refcount = ind->plt.refcount; |
1385 | ind->plt.refcount = tmp; |
1386 | } |
1387 | else |
1388 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid){ if (!(ind->plt.refcount < lowest_valid)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1388); }; |
1389 | |
1390 | if (dir->dynindx == -1) |
1391 | { |
1392 | dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; |
1393 | dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; |
1394 | ind->dynindx = -1; |
1395 | ind->dynstr_index = 0; |
1396 | } |
1397 | else |
1398 | BFD_ASSERT (ind->dynindx == -1){ if (!(ind->dynindx == -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1398); }; |
1399 | } |
1400 | |
1401 | void |
1402 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
1403 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
1404 | bfd_boolean force_local) |
1405 | { |
1406 | h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->init_offset; |
1407 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT0200; |
1408 | if (force_local) |
1409 | { |
1410 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL02000; |
1411 | if (h->dynindx != -1) |
1412 | { |
1413 | h->dynindx = -1; |
1414 | _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->dynstr, |
1415 | h->dynstr_index); |
1416 | } |
1417 | } |
1418 | } |
1419 | |
1420 | /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1421 | |
1422 | bfd_boolean |
1423 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init |
1424 | (struct elf_link_hash_table *table, |
1425 | bfd *abfd, |
1426 | struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *, |
1427 | struct bfd_hash_table *, |
1428 | const char *)) |
1429 | { |
1430 | bfd_boolean ret; |
1431 | |
1432 | table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE0; |
1433 | table->dynobj = NULL((void*)0); |
1434 | /* Make sure can_refcount is extended to the width and signedness of |
1435 | init_refcount before we subtract one from it. */ |
1436 | table->init_refcount.refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->can_refcount; |
1437 | table->init_refcount.refcount -= 1; |
1438 | table->init_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1; |
1439 | /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ |
1440 | table->dynsymcount = 1; |
1441 | table->dynstr = NULL((void*)0); |
1442 | table->bucketcount = 0; |
1443 | table->needed = NULL((void*)0); |
1444 | table->hgot = NULL((void*)0); |
1445 | table->stab_info = NULL((void*)0); |
1446 | table->merge_info = NULL((void*)0); |
1447 | memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info)); |
1448 | table->dynlocal = NULL((void*)0); |
1449 | table->runpath = NULL((void*)0); |
1450 | table->tls_sec = NULL((void*)0); |
1451 | table->tls_size = 0; |
1452 | table->loaded = NULL((void*)0); |
1453 | |
1454 | ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc); |
1455 | table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; |
1456 | |
1457 | return ret; |
1458 | } |
1459 | |
1460 | /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ |
1461 | |
1462 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
1463 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
1464 | { |
1465 | struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
1466 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); |
1467 | |
1468 | ret = bfd_malloc (amt); |
1469 | if (ret == NULL((void*)0)) |
1470 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1471 | |
1472 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc)) |
1473 | { |
1474 | free (ret); |
1475 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1476 | } |
1477 | |
1478 | return &ret->root; |
1479 | } |
1480 | |
1481 | /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to |
1482 | tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED |
1483 | entry for a dynamic object. */ |
1484 | |
1485 | void |
1486 | bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
1487 | { |
1488 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1489 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1490 | elf_dt_name (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dt_name) = name; |
1491 | } |
1492 | |
1493 | void |
1494 | bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class) |
1495 | { |
1496 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1497 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1498 | elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dyn_lib_class) = lib_class; |
1499 | } |
1500 | |
1501 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for |
1502 | the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
1503 | |
1504 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
1505 | bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
1506 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
1507 | { |
1508 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
1509 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1510 | return elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->needed; |
1511 | } |
1512 | |
1513 | /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a |
1514 | hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
1515 | |
1516 | struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
1517 | bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
1518 | struct bfd_link_info *info) |
1519 | { |
1520 | if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)(((struct bfd_link_hash_table *) (info->hash))->type == bfd_link_elf_hash_table)) |
1521 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1522 | return elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->runpath; |
1523 | } |
1524 | |
1525 | /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This |
1526 | is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string |
1527 | passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ |
1528 | |
1529 | const char * |
1530 | bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd) |
1531 | { |
1532 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1533 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
1534 | return elf_dt_name (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dt_name); |
1535 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1536 | } |
1537 | |
1538 | /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for |
1539 | the ELF linker emulation code. */ |
1540 | |
1541 | bfd_boolean |
1542 | bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd, |
1543 | struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded) |
1544 | { |
1545 | asection *s; |
1546 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL((void*)0); |
1547 | int elfsec; |
1548 | unsigned long shlink; |
1549 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
1550 | size_t extdynsize; |
1551 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
1552 | |
1553 | *pneeded = NULL((void*)0); |
1554 | |
1555 | if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
1556 | || bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) != bfd_object) |
1557 | return TRUE1; |
1558 | |
1559 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
1560 | if (s == NULL((void*)0) || s->_raw_size == 0) |
1561 | return TRUE1; |
1562 | |
1563 | dynbuf = bfd_malloc (s->_raw_size); |
1564 | if (dynbuf == NULL((void*)0)) |
1565 | goto error_return; |
1566 | |
1567 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, s, dynbuf, 0, s->_raw_size)) |
1568 | goto error_return; |
1569 | |
1570 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
1571 | if (elfsec == -1) |
1572 | goto error_return; |
1573 | |
1574 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
1575 | |
1576 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_dyn; |
1577 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->swap_dyn_in; |
1578 | |
1579 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
1580 | extdynend = extdyn + s->_raw_size; |
1581 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
1582 | { |
1583 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
1584 | |
1585 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
1586 | |
1587 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL0) |
1588 | break; |
1589 | |
1590 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED1) |
1591 | { |
1592 | const char *string; |
1593 | struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; |
1594 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
1595 | bfd_size_type amt; |
1596 | |
1597 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
1598 | if (string == NULL((void*)0)) |
1599 | goto error_return; |
1600 | |
1601 | amt = sizeof *l; |
1602 | l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
1603 | if (l == NULL((void*)0)) |
1604 | goto error_return; |
1605 | |
1606 | l->by = abfd; |
1607 | l->name = string; |
1608 | l->next = *pneeded; |
1609 | *pneeded = l; |
1610 | } |
1611 | } |
1612 | |
1613 | free (dynbuf); |
1614 | |
1615 | return TRUE1; |
1616 | |
1617 | error_return: |
1618 | if (dynbuf != NULL((void*)0)) |
1619 | free (dynbuf); |
1620 | return FALSE0; |
1621 | } |
1622 | |
1623 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
1624 | |
1625 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
1626 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) |
1627 | { |
1628 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
1629 | |
1630 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
1631 | if (ret != NULL((void*)0)) |
1632 | { |
1633 | bfd_size_type loc; |
1634 | |
1635 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE1, FALSE0); |
1636 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1){ if (!(loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1636); }; |
1637 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
1638 | { |
1639 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
1640 | ret = NULL((void*)0); |
1641 | } |
1642 | } |
1643 | return ret; |
1644 | } |
1645 | |
1646 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
1647 | |
1648 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
1649 | |
1650 | bfd_boolean |
1651 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
1652 | { |
1653 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex]; |
1654 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
1655 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
1656 | const char *name; |
1657 | |
1658 | name = elf_string_from_elf_strtab (abfd, hdr->sh_name)bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, (((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data ) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx, hdr->sh_name); |
1659 | |
1660 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
1661 | { |
1662 | case SHT_NULL0: |
1663 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
1664 | return TRUE1; |
1665 | |
1666 | case SHT_PROGBITS1: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
1667 | case SHT_NOBITS8: /* .bss section. */ |
1668 | case SHT_HASH5: /* .hash section. */ |
1669 | case SHT_NOTE7: /* .note section. */ |
1670 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY14: /* .init_array section. */ |
1671 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY15: /* .fini_array section. */ |
1672 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
1673 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1674 | |
1675 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
1676 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
1677 | return FALSE0; |
1678 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB3) |
1679 | { |
1680 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
1681 | |
1682 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
1683 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
1684 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
1685 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) != 0) |
1686 | { |
1687 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)]; |
1688 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
1689 | } |
1690 | else |
1691 | { |
1692 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
1693 | |
1694 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
1695 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
1696 | { |
1697 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
1698 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
1699 | { |
1700 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
1701 | break; |
1702 | } |
1703 | } |
1704 | } |
1705 | } |
1706 | break; |
1707 | |
1708 | case SHT_SYMTAB2: /* A symbol table */ |
1709 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == shindex) |
1710 | return TRUE1; |
1711 | |
1712 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym){ if (!(hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym)) bfd_assert ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",1712); }; |
1713 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0){ if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1713); }; |
1714 | elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) = shindex; |
1715 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1716 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
1717 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS0x10; |
1718 | |
1719 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
1720 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
1721 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
1722 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
1723 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
1724 | linker. */ |
1725 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0 |
1726 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) != 0 |
1727 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
1728 | return FALSE0; |
1729 | |
1730 | return TRUE1; |
1731 | |
1732 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
1733 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == shindex) |
1734 | return TRUE1; |
1735 | |
1736 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym){ if (!(hdr->sh_entsize == bed->s->sizeof_sym)) bfd_assert ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",1736); }; |
1737 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0){ if (!((((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section ) == 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1737); }; |
1738 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) = shindex; |
1739 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1740 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
1741 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS0x10; |
1742 | |
1743 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
1744 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
1745 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1746 | |
1747 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ |
1748 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) == shindex) |
1749 | return TRUE1; |
1750 | |
1751 | /* Get the associated symbol table. */ |
1752 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link) |
1753 | || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section)) |
1754 | return FALSE0; |
1755 | |
1756 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_shndx_section ) = shindex; |
1757 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; |
1758 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
1759 | return TRUE1; |
1760 | |
1761 | case SHT_STRTAB3: /* A string table */ |
1762 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
1763 | return TRUE1; |
1764 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
1765 | { |
1766 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1767 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr; |
1768 | return TRUE1; |
1769 | } |
1770 | { |
1771 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
1772 | |
1773 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
1774 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
1775 | { |
1776 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; |
1777 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
1778 | { |
1779 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
1780 | return FALSE0; |
1781 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) == i) |
1782 | { |
1783 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1784 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = |
1785 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
1786 | return TRUE1; |
1787 | } |
1788 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == i) |
1789 | { |
1790 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
1791 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr = |
1792 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
1793 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so |
1794 | that objcopy can handle it. */ |
1795 | break; |
1796 | } |
1797 | #if 0 /* Not handling other string tables specially right now. */ |
1798 | hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[i]; /* in case it moved */ |
1799 | /* We have a strtab for some random other section. */ |
1800 | newsect = (asection *) hdr2->bfd_section; |
1801 | if (!newsect) |
1802 | break; |
1803 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
1804 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (newsect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)newsect->used_by_bfd)->str_hdr; |
1805 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
1806 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr2; |
1807 | #endif |
1808 | } |
1809 | } |
1810 | } |
1811 | |
1812 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1813 | |
1814 | case SHT_REL9: |
1815 | case SHT_RELA4: |
1816 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
1817 | { |
1818 | asection *target_sect; |
1819 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
1820 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
1821 | |
1822 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
1823 | if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
1824 | || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
1825 | { |
1826 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
1827 | (_("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)")("%s: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
1828 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
1829 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1830 | } |
1831 | |
1832 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
1833 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
1834 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
1835 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
1836 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
1837 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
1838 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ |
1839 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB2 |
1840 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM11) |
1841 | { |
1842 | unsigned int scan; |
1843 | int found; |
1844 | |
1845 | found = 0; |
1846 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
1847 | { |
1848 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
1849 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11) |
1850 | { |
1851 | if (found != 0) |
1852 | { |
1853 | found = 0; |
1854 | break; |
1855 | } |
1856 | found = scan; |
1857 | } |
1858 | } |
1859 | if (found != 0) |
1860 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
1861 | } |
1862 | |
1863 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
1864 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
1865 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
1866 | return FALSE0; |
1867 | |
1868 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
1869 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
1870 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
1871 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
1872 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
1873 | section. */ |
1874 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section) || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF0) |
1875 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1876 | |
1877 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
1878 | return FALSE0; |
1879 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
1880 | if (target_sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
1881 | return FALSE0; |
1882 | |
1883 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) == 0 |
1884 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) |
1885 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)target_sect->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr; |
1886 | else |
1887 | { |
1888 | bfd_size_type amt; |
1889 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL){ if (!(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)target_sect->used_by_bfd )->rel_hdr2 == ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,1889); }; |
1890 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
1891 | hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
1892 | elf_section_data (target_sect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)target_sect->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
1893 | } |
1894 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
1895 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[shindex] = hdr2; |
1896 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)((hdr)->sh_size / (hdr)->sh_entsize); |
1897 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC0x004; |
1898 | target_sect->relocation = NULL((void*)0); |
1899 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
1900 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
1901 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
1902 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
1903 | target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4; |
1904 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC0x01; |
1905 | return TRUE1; |
1906 | } |
1907 | break; |
1908 | |
1909 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
1910 | elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) = shindex; |
1911 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
1912 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1913 | break; |
1914 | |
1915 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
1916 | elf_dynversym (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynversym_section) = shindex; |
1917 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
1918 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1919 | break; |
1920 | |
1921 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
1922 | elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) = shindex; |
1923 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
1924 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name); |
1925 | break; |
1926 | |
1927 | case SHT_SHLIB10: |
1928 | return TRUE1; |
1929 | |
1930 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
1931 | /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking, |
1932 | and it's handy to have the signature available as the section |
1933 | name. */ |
1934 | name = group_signature (abfd, hdr); |
1935 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
1936 | return FALSE0; |
1937 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
1938 | return FALSE0; |
1939 | if (hdr->contents != NULL((void*)0)) |
1940 | { |
1941 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
1942 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4; |
1943 | asection *s; |
1944 | |
1945 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT0x1) |
1946 | hdr->bfd_section->flags |
1947 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE0x100000 | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD0x0; |
1948 | |
1949 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
1950 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL((void*)0) |
1951 | && elf_next_in_group (s)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) != NULL((void*)0)) |
1952 | { |
1953 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)hdr->bfd_section->used_by_bfd )->next_in_group) = s; |
1954 | break; |
1955 | } |
1956 | } |
1957 | break; |
1958 | |
1959 | default: |
1960 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
1961 | { |
1962 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) |
1963 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr) (abfd, hdr, name); |
1964 | } |
1965 | break; |
1966 | } |
1967 | |
1968 | return TRUE1; |
1969 | } |
1970 | |
1971 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. |
1972 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ |
1973 | |
1974 | asection * |
1975 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, |
1976 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache, |
1977 | asection *sec, |
1978 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
1979 | { |
1980 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
1981 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
1982 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
1983 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
1984 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE32; |
1985 | |
1986 | if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx) |
1987 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
1988 | |
1989 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
1990 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
1991 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL((void*)0)) |
1992 | return NULL((void*)0); |
1993 | |
1994 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
1995 | { |
1996 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
1997 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
1998 | } |
1999 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
2000 | cache->sec[ent] = sec; |
2001 | if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF0 && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2002 | || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF) |
2003 | { |
2004 | asection *s; |
2005 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx); |
2006 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2007 | cache->sec[ent] = s; |
2008 | } |
2009 | return cache->sec[ent]; |
2010 | } |
2011 | |
2012 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
2013 | section. */ |
2014 | |
2015 | asection * |
2016 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) |
2017 | { |
2018 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections)) |
2019 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2020 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr)[index]->bfd_section; |
2021 | } |
2022 | |
2023 | static struct bfd_elf_special_section const special_sections[] = |
2024 | { |
2025 | { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2026 | { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2027 | { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2028 | { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2029 | { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2030 | { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2031 | { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2032 | { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2033 | { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2034 | { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2035 | { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS8, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) + SHF_TLS(1 << 10) }, |
2036 | { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) + SHF_TLS(1 << 10) }, |
2037 | { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2038 | { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY14, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2039 | { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY15, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2040 | { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2041 | { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2042 | { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2043 | { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2044 | { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2045 | { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC6, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2046 | { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2047 | { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM11, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2048 | { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_WRITE(1 << 0) }, |
2049 | { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH5, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) }, |
2050 | { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, 0 }, |
2051 | { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS1, SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1) + SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2) }, |
2052 | { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
2053 | { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
2054 | { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB2, 0 }, |
2055 | { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff, 0 }, |
2056 | { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd, 0 }, |
2057 | { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe, 0 }, |
2058 | { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE7, 0 }, |
2059 | { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA4, 0 }, |
2060 | { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL9, 0 }, |
2061 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB3, 0 }, |
2062 | { NULL((void*)0), 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
2063 | }; |
2064 | |
2065 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
2066 | get_special_section (const char *name, |
2067 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections, |
2068 | unsigned int rela) |
2069 | { |
2070 | int i; |
2071 | int len = strlen (name); |
2072 | |
2073 | for (i = 0; special_sections[i].prefix != NULL((void*)0); i++) |
2074 | { |
2075 | int suffix_len; |
2076 | int prefix_len = special_sections[i].prefix_length; |
2077 | |
2078 | if (len < prefix_len) |
2079 | continue; |
2080 | if (memcmp (name, special_sections[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
2081 | continue; |
2082 | |
2083 | suffix_len = special_sections[i].suffix_length; |
2084 | if (suffix_len <= 0) |
2085 | { |
2086 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
2087 | { |
2088 | if (suffix_len == 0) |
2089 | continue; |
2090 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
2091 | && (suffix_len == -2 |
2092 | || (rela && special_sections[i].type == SHT_REL9))) |
2093 | continue; |
2094 | } |
2095 | } |
2096 | else |
2097 | { |
2098 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
2099 | continue; |
2100 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
2101 | special_sections[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
2102 | suffix_len) != 0) |
2103 | continue; |
2104 | } |
2105 | return &special_sections[i]; |
2106 | } |
2107 | |
2108 | return NULL((void*)0); |
2109 | } |
2110 | |
2111 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
2112 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
2113 | { |
2114 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2115 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect = NULL((void*)0); |
2116 | |
2117 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
2118 | if (name) |
2119 | { |
2120 | unsigned int rela = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
2121 | |
2122 | if (bed->special_sections) |
2123 | ssect = get_special_section (name, bed->special_sections, rela); |
2124 | |
2125 | if (! ssect) |
2126 | ssect = get_special_section (name, special_sections, rela); |
2127 | } |
2128 | |
2129 | return ssect; |
2130 | } |
2131 | |
2132 | bfd_boolean |
2133 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
2134 | { |
2135 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
2136 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
2137 | |
2138 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
2139 | if (sdata == NULL((void*)0)) |
2140 | { |
2141 | sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); |
2142 | if (sdata == NULL((void*)0)) |
2143 | return FALSE0; |
2144 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
2145 | } |
2146 | |
2147 | elf_section_type (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) = SHT_NULL0; |
2148 | ssect = _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec->name); |
2149 | if (ssect != NULL((void*)0)) |
2150 | { |
2151 | elf_section_type (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_type) = ssect->type; |
2152 | elf_section_flags (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr .sh_flags) = ssect->attr; |
2153 | } |
2154 | |
2155 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
2156 | sec->use_rela_p = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->default_use_rela_p; |
2157 | |
2158 | return TRUE1; |
2159 | } |
2160 | |
2161 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
2162 | |
2163 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
2164 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
2165 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
2166 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
2167 | |
2168 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
2169 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
2170 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
2171 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
2172 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
2173 | of combined data+bss. |
2174 | |
2175 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
2176 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
2177 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
2178 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
2179 | into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. |
2180 | |
2181 | */ |
2182 | |
2183 | bfd_boolean |
2184 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
2185 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
2186 | int index, |
2187 | const char *typename) |
2188 | { |
2189 | asection *newsect; |
2190 | char *name; |
2191 | char namebuf[64]; |
2192 | size_t len; |
2193 | int split; |
2194 | |
2195 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
2196 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
2197 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
2198 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
2199 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
2200 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
2201 | if (!name) |
2202 | return FALSE0; |
2203 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
2204 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
2205 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
2206 | return FALSE0; |
2207 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
2208 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
2209 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_filesz; |
2210 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
2211 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
2212 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
2213 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
2214 | { |
2215 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
2216 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD0x002; |
2217 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) |
2218 | { |
2219 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
2220 | may be data. */ |
2221 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE0x020; |
2222 | } |
2223 | } |
2224 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1))) |
2225 | { |
2226 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY0x010; |
2227 | } |
2228 | |
2229 | if (split) |
2230 | { |
2231 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); |
2232 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
2233 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
2234 | if (!name) |
2235 | return FALSE0; |
2236 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
2237 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
2238 | if (newsect == NULL((void*)0)) |
2239 | return FALSE0; |
2240 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
2241 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
2242 | newsect->_raw_size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
2243 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
2244 | { |
2245 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC0x001; |
2246 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X(1 << 0)) |
2247 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE0x020; |
2248 | } |
2249 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W(1 << 1))) |
2250 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY0x010; |
2251 | } |
2252 | |
2253 | return TRUE1; |
2254 | } |
2255 | |
2256 | bfd_boolean |
2257 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) |
2258 | { |
2259 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
2260 | |
2261 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
2262 | { |
2263 | case PT_NULL0: |
2264 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); |
2265 | |
2266 | case PT_LOAD1: |
2267 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); |
2268 | |
2269 | case PT_DYNAMIC2: |
2270 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); |
2271 | |
2272 | case PT_INTERP3: |
2273 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); |
2274 | |
2275 | case PT_NOTE4: |
2276 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) |
2277 | return FALSE0; |
2278 | if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
2279 | return FALSE0; |
2280 | return TRUE1; |
2281 | |
2282 | case PT_SHLIB5: |
2283 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); |
2284 | |
2285 | case PT_PHDR6: |
2286 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); |
2287 | |
2288 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550): |
2289 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
2290 | "eh_frame_hdr"); |
2291 | |
2292 | case PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551): |
2293 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); |
2294 | |
2295 | case PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6: |
2296 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
2297 | "openbsd_randomize"); |
2298 | |
2299 | default: |
2300 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. |
2301 | If no handler for them, default to making "segment" sections. */ |
2302 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2303 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) |
2304 | return (*bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr) (abfd, hdr, index); |
2305 | else |
2306 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "segment"); |
2307 | } |
2308 | } |
2309 | |
2310 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
2311 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA |
2312 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ |
2313 | |
2314 | bfd_boolean |
2315 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
2316 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, |
2317 | asection *asect, |
2318 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
2319 | { |
2320 | char *name; |
2321 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2322 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
2323 | |
2324 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
2325 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
2326 | return FALSE0; |
2327 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
2328 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
2329 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), name, |
2330 | FALSE0); |
2331 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
2332 | return FALSE0; |
2333 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA4 : SHT_REL9; |
2334 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
2335 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
2336 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
2337 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
2338 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
2339 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
2340 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
2341 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
2342 | |
2343 | return TRUE1; |
2344 | } |
2345 | |
2346 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
2347 | |
2348 | static void |
2349 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) |
2350 | { |
2351 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2352 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
2353 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
2354 | |
2355 | if (*failedptr) |
2356 | { |
2357 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
2358 | loop. */ |
2359 | return; |
2360 | } |
2361 | |
2362 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
2363 | |
2364 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
2365 | asect->name, FALSE0); |
2366 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
2367 | { |
2368 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2369 | return; |
2370 | } |
2371 | |
2372 | this_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
2373 | |
2374 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
2375 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
2376 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
2377 | else |
2378 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
2379 | |
2380 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
2381 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->_raw_size; |
2382 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
2383 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
2384 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
2385 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
2386 | |
2387 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
2388 | this_hdr->contents = NULL((void*)0); |
2389 | |
2390 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
2391 | asect->flags. */ |
2392 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL0) |
2393 | { |
2394 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
2395 | && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200)) == 0) |
2396 | || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD0x400) != 0)) |
2397 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS8; |
2398 | else |
2399 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS1; |
2400 | } |
2401 | |
2402 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
2403 | { |
2404 | default: |
2405 | break; |
2406 | |
2407 | case SHT_STRTAB3: |
2408 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY14: |
2409 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY15: |
2410 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY16: |
2411 | case SHT_NOTE7: |
2412 | case SHT_NOBITS8: |
2413 | case SHT_PROGBITS1: |
2414 | break; |
2415 | |
2416 | case SHT_HASH5: |
2417 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
2418 | break; |
2419 | |
2420 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: |
2421 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
2422 | break; |
2423 | |
2424 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: |
2425 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
2426 | break; |
2427 | |
2428 | case SHT_RELA4: |
2429 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->may_use_rela_p) |
2430 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
2431 | break; |
2432 | |
2433 | case SHT_REL9: |
2434 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->may_use_rel_p) |
2435 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
2436 | break; |
2437 | |
2438 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
2439 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
2440 | break; |
2441 | |
2442 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
2443 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
2444 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
2445 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
2446 | zero. */ |
2447 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
2448 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs; |
2449 | else |
2450 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0{ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverdefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2451); } |
2451 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs){ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverdefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2451); }; |
2452 | break; |
2453 | |
2454 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
2455 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
2456 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
2457 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
2458 | zero. */ |
2459 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
2460 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs; |
2461 | else |
2462 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0{ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverrefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2463); } |
2463 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs){ if (!(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == ((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)-> cverrefs)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2463); }; |
2464 | break; |
2465 | |
2466 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
2467 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4; |
2468 | break; |
2469 | } |
2470 | |
2471 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
2472 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1); |
2473 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
2474 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE(1 << 0); |
2475 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE0x020) != 0) |
2476 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR(1 << 2); |
2477 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE0x20000000) != 0) |
2478 | { |
2479 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE(1 << 4); |
2480 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
2481 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS0x40000000) != 0) |
2482 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS(1 << 5); |
2483 | } |
2484 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP0x80000000) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->group .name) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2485 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP(1 << 9); |
2486 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) != 0) |
2487 | { |
2488 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS(1 << 10); |
2489 | if (asect->_raw_size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) == 0) |
2490 | { |
2491 | struct bfd_link_order *o; |
2492 | |
2493 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
2494 | for (o = asect->link_order_head; o != NULL((void*)0); o = o->next) |
2495 | if (this_hdr->sh_size < o->offset + o->size) |
2496 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
2497 | if (this_hdr->sh_size) |
2498 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS8; |
2499 | } |
2500 | } |
2501 | |
2502 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
2503 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
2504 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
2505 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2506 | |
2507 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
2508 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
2509 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
2510 | create the other. */ |
2511 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) != 0 |
2512 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
2513 | &elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->rel_hdr, |
2514 | asect, |
2515 | asect->use_rela_p)) |
2516 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2517 | } |
2518 | |
2519 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
2520 | |
2521 | void |
2522 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
2523 | { |
2524 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
2525 | unsigned long symindx; |
2526 | asection *elt, *first; |
2527 | unsigned char *loc; |
2528 | struct bfd_link_order *l; |
2529 | bfd_boolean gas; |
2530 | |
2531 | if (elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP17 |
2532 | || *failedptr) |
2533 | return; |
2534 | |
2535 | symindx = 0; |
2536 | if (elf_group_id (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->group .id) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2537 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->group .id)->udata.i; |
2538 | |
2539 | if (symindx == 0) |
2540 | { |
2541 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
2542 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */ |
2543 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2544 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
2545 | else |
2546 | symindx = sec->target_index; |
2547 | } |
2548 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
2549 | |
2550 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
2551 | gas = TRUE1; |
2552 | if (sec->contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
2553 | { |
2554 | gas = FALSE0; |
2555 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->_raw_size); |
2556 | |
2557 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
2558 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
2559 | if (sec->contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
2560 | { |
2561 | *failedptr = TRUE1; |
2562 | return; |
2563 | } |
2564 | } |
2565 | |
2566 | loc = sec->contents + sec->_raw_size; |
2567 | |
2568 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
2569 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
2570 | start of the input section group. */ |
2571 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
2572 | |
2573 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
2574 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
2575 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
2576 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
2577 | while (elt != NULL((void*)0)) |
2578 | { |
2579 | asection *s; |
2580 | unsigned int idx; |
2581 | |
2582 | loc -= 4; |
2583 | s = elt; |
2584 | if (!gas) |
2585 | s = s->output_section; |
2586 | idx = 0; |
2587 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2588 | idx = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
2589 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (idx, loc)); |
2590 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)elt->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
2591 | if (elt == first) |
2592 | break; |
2593 | } |
2594 | |
2595 | /* If this is a relocatable link, then the above did nothing because |
2596 | SEC is the output section. Look through the input sections |
2597 | instead. */ |
2598 | for (l = sec->link_order_head; l != NULL((void*)0); l = l->next) |
2599 | if (l->type == bfd_indirect_link_order |
2600 | && (elt = elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)l->u.indirect.section-> used_by_bfd)->next_in_group)) != NULL((void*)0)) |
2601 | do |
2602 | { |
2603 | loc -= 4; |
2604 | H_PUT_32 (abfd,((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (((struct bfd_elf_section_data *)elt->output_section->used_by_bfd)->this_idx, loc)) |
2605 | elf_section_data (elt->output_section)->this_idx, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (((struct bfd_elf_section_data *)elt->output_section->used_by_bfd)->this_idx, loc)); |
2606 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)elt->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
2607 | /* During a relocatable link, the lists are circular. */ |
2608 | } |
2609 | while (elt != elf_next_in_group (l->u.indirect.section)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)l->u.indirect.section-> used_by_bfd)->next_in_group)); |
2610 | |
2611 | /* With ld -r, merging SHT_GROUP sections results in wasted space |
2612 | due to allowing for the flag word on each input. We may well |
2613 | duplicate entries too. */ |
2614 | while ((loc -= 4) > sec->contents) |
2615 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, 0, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (0, loc)); |
2616 | |
2617 | if (loc != sec->contents) |
2618 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 2618, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
2619 | |
2620 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (sec->flags & 0x100000 ? 0x1 : 0, loc)); |
2621 | } |
2622 | |
2623 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
2624 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
2625 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
2626 | |
2627 | static bfd_boolean |
2628 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd) |
2629 | { |
2630 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data); |
2631 | asection *sec; |
2632 | unsigned int section_number, secn; |
2633 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
2634 | bfd_size_type amt; |
2635 | |
2636 | section_number = 1; |
2637 | |
2638 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
2639 | |
2640 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
2641 | { |
2642 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd); |
2643 | |
2644 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2645 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2646 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
2647 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
2648 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC0x004) == 0) |
2649 | d->rel_idx = 0; |
2650 | else |
2651 | { |
2652 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2653 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2654 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
2655 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); |
2656 | } |
2657 | |
2658 | if (d->rel_hdr2) |
2659 | { |
2660 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2661 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2662 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; |
2663 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); |
2664 | } |
2665 | else |
2666 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; |
2667 | } |
2668 | |
2669 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2670 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2671 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
2672 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
2673 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
2674 | |
2675 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
2676 | { |
2677 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2678 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2679 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
2680 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
2681 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 2) |
2682 | { |
2683 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2684 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2685 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; |
2686 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name |
2687 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
2688 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE0); |
2689 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
2690 | return FALSE0; |
2691 | } |
2692 | if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2693 | section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2694 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
2695 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
2696 | } |
2697 | |
2698 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
2699 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
2700 | |
2701 | elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) = section_number; |
2702 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shnum = section_number; |
2703 | if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2704 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
2705 | |
2706 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
2707 | indices. */ |
2708 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); |
2709 | i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
2710 | if (i_shdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
2711 | return FALSE0; |
2712 | |
2713 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
2714 | i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
2715 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL((void*)0)) |
2716 | { |
2717 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
2718 | return FALSE0; |
2719 | } |
2720 | |
2721 | elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) = i_shdrp; |
2722 | |
2723 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
2724 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
2725 | { |
2726 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
2727 | if (elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections) > SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00) |
2728 | { |
2729 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
2730 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
2731 | } |
2732 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
2733 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
2734 | } |
2735 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
2736 | { |
2737 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd); |
2738 | asection *s; |
2739 | const char *name; |
2740 | |
2741 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
2742 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
2743 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
2744 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
2745 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; |
2746 | |
2747 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
2748 | |
2749 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
2750 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
2751 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
2752 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
2753 | { |
2754 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
2755 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
2756 | } |
2757 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
2758 | { |
2759 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
2760 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
2761 | } |
2762 | |
2763 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
2764 | { |
2765 | case SHT_REL9: |
2766 | case SHT_RELA4: |
2767 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
2768 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
2769 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
2770 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
2771 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
2772 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
2773 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
2774 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2775 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
2776 | |
2777 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
2778 | name = sec->name; |
2779 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9) |
2780 | name += 4; |
2781 | else |
2782 | name += 5; |
2783 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
2784 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2785 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
2786 | break; |
2787 | |
2788 | case SHT_STRTAB3: |
2789 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
2790 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
2791 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
2792 | field to point to this section. */ |
2793 | if (strncmp (sec->name, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0 |
2794 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
2795 | { |
2796 | size_t len; |
2797 | char *alc; |
2798 | |
2799 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
2800 | alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
2801 | if (alc == NULL((void*)0)) |
2802 | return FALSE0; |
2803 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
2804 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
2805 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
2806 | free (alc); |
2807 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2808 | { |
2809 | elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
2810 | |
2811 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
2812 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
2813 | elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
2814 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
2815 | } |
2816 | } |
2817 | break; |
2818 | |
2819 | case SHT_DYNAMIC6: |
2820 | case SHT_DYNSYM11: |
2821 | case SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe: |
2822 | case SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd: |
2823 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
2824 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
2825 | version strings. */ |
2826 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
2827 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2828 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
2829 | break; |
2830 | |
2831 | case SHT_HASH5: |
2832 | case SHT_GNU_versym0x6fffffff: |
2833 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
2834 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
2835 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
2836 | if (s != NULL((void*)0)) |
2837 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
2838 | break; |
2839 | |
2840 | case SHT_GROUP17: |
2841 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
2842 | } |
2843 | } |
2844 | |
2845 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
2846 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL((void*)0)) |
2847 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; |
2848 | else |
2849 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr), |
2850 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
2851 | return TRUE1; |
2852 | } |
2853 | |
2854 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
2855 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
2856 | |
2857 | static int |
2858 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
2859 | { |
2860 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
2861 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
2862 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
2863 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
2864 | |
2865 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL0x02 | BSF_WEAK0x80)) != 0 |
2866 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))((((sym)->section)) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section) ) |
2867 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))(((((sym)->section))->flags & 0x8000) != 0)); |
2868 | } |
2869 | |
2870 | static bfd_boolean |
2871 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) |
2872 | { |
2873 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount); |
2874 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd)((abfd)->outsymbols); |
2875 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
2876 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
2877 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
2878 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
2879 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
2880 | int max_index = 0; |
2881 | unsigned int idx; |
2882 | asection *asect; |
2883 | asymbol **new_syms; |
2884 | bfd_size_type amt; |
2885 | |
2886 | #ifdef DEBUG |
2887 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
2888 | fflush (stderr(&__sF[2])); |
2889 | #endif |
2890 | |
2891 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
2892 | { |
2893 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
2894 | max_index = asect->index; |
2895 | } |
2896 | |
2897 | max_index++; |
2898 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *); |
2899 | sect_syms = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
2900 | if (sect_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
2901 | return FALSE0; |
2902 | elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms) = sect_syms; |
2903 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_section_syms) = max_index; |
2904 | |
2905 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
2906 | decided to output. */ |
2907 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
2908 | { |
2909 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
2910 | |
2911 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) != 0 |
2912 | && sym->value == 0) |
2913 | { |
2914 | asection *sec; |
2915 | |
2916 | sec = sym->section; |
2917 | |
2918 | if (sec->owner != NULL((void*)0)) |
2919 | { |
2920 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
2921 | { |
2922 | if (sec->output_offset != 0) |
2923 | continue; |
2924 | |
2925 | sec = sec->output_section; |
2926 | |
2927 | /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a |
2928 | section symbol created for them. (See the comment |
2929 | near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in |
2930 | linker.c). If the linker script discards such |
2931 | sections then we will reach this point. Since we know |
2932 | that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip |
2933 | the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array. |
2934 | To reproduce this particular case try running the |
2935 | linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF |
2936 | port that uses the generic linker. */ |
2937 | if (sec->owner == NULL((void*)0)) |
2938 | continue; |
2939 | |
2940 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->owner == abfd){ if (!(sec->owner == abfd)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,2940); }; |
2941 | } |
2942 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
2943 | } |
2944 | } |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
2948 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
2949 | { |
2950 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
2951 | num_locals++; |
2952 | else |
2953 | num_globals++; |
2954 | } |
2955 | |
2956 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal |
2957 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
2958 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
2959 | at least in that case. */ |
2960 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
2961 | { |
2962 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL((void*)0)) |
2963 | { |
2964 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
2965 | num_locals++; |
2966 | else |
2967 | num_globals++; |
2968 | } |
2969 | } |
2970 | |
2971 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
2972 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *); |
2973 | new_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
2974 | |
2975 | if (new_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
2976 | return FALSE0; |
2977 | |
2978 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
2979 | { |
2980 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
2981 | unsigned int i; |
2982 | |
2983 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
2984 | i = num_locals2++; |
2985 | else |
2986 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
2987 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
2988 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
2989 | } |
2990 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
2991 | { |
2992 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL((void*)0)) |
2993 | { |
2994 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
2995 | unsigned int i; |
2996 | |
2997 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
2998 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
2999 | i = num_locals2++; |
3000 | else |
3001 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
3002 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
3003 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
3004 | } |
3005 | } |
3006 | |
3007 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
3008 | |
3009 | elf_num_locals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_locals) = num_locals; |
3010 | elf_num_globals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_globals) = num_globals; |
3011 | return TRUE1; |
3012 | } |
3013 | |
3014 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
3015 | ELF data structure. */ |
3016 | |
3017 | static inline file_ptr |
3018 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
3019 | { |
3020 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
3021 | } |
3022 | |
3023 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
3024 | required section alignment. */ |
3025 | |
3026 | file_ptr |
3027 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
3028 | file_ptr offset, |
3029 | bfd_boolean align) |
3030 | { |
3031 | if (align) |
3032 | { |
3033 | unsigned int al; |
3034 | |
3035 | al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; |
3036 | if (al > 1) |
3037 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al)((((bfd_vma) (offset) + (al) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (offset)) ? (((bfd_vma) (offset) + ((al) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((al)-1 )) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
3038 | } |
3039 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
3040 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
3041 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
3042 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS8) |
3043 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
3044 | return offset; |
3045 | } |
3046 | |
3047 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
3048 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
3049 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
3050 | |
3051 | bfd_boolean |
3052 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
3053 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
3054 | { |
3055 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
3056 | bfd_boolean failed; |
3057 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab; |
3058 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
3059 | |
3060 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
3061 | return TRUE1; |
3062 | |
3063 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
3064 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
3065 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
3066 | |
3067 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
3068 | return FALSE0; |
3069 | |
3070 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
3071 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) |
3072 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
3073 | |
3074 | failed = FALSE0; |
3075 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
3076 | if (failed) |
3077 | return FALSE0; |
3078 | |
3079 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd)) |
3080 | return FALSE0; |
3081 | |
3082 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
3083 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) && bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
3084 | { |
3085 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
3086 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P0x02 | DYNAMIC0x40)); |
3087 | |
3088 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
3089 | return FALSE0; |
3090 | } |
3091 | |
3092 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0)) |
3093 | { |
3094 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
3095 | if (failed) |
3096 | return FALSE0; |
3097 | } |
3098 | |
3099 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr; |
3100 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
3101 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
3102 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
3103 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
3104 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
3105 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
3106 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
3107 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
3108 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
3109 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
3110 | |
3111 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
3112 | return FALSE0; |
3113 | |
3114 | if (link_info == NULL((void*)0) && bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) > 0) |
3115 | { |
3116 | file_ptr off; |
3117 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
3118 | |
3119 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
3120 | |
3121 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
3122 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
3123 | |
3124 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
3125 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
3126 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
3127 | |
3128 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
3129 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
3130 | |
3131 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
3132 | |
3133 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
3134 | out. */ |
3135 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
3136 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
3137 | return FALSE0; |
3138 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
3139 | } |
3140 | |
3141 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE1; |
3142 | |
3143 | return TRUE1; |
3144 | } |
3145 | |
3146 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
3147 | |
3148 | static struct elf_segment_map * |
3149 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
3150 | asection **sections, |
3151 | unsigned int from, |
3152 | unsigned int to, |
3153 | bfd_boolean phdr) |
3154 | { |
3155 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
3156 | unsigned int i; |
3157 | asection **hdrpp; |
3158 | bfd_size_type amt; |
3159 | |
3160 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3161 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
3162 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3163 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3164 | return NULL((void*)0); |
3165 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3166 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD1; |
3167 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
3168 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
3169 | m->count = to - from; |
3170 | |
3171 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
3172 | { |
3173 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
3174 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
3175 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
3176 | } |
3177 | |
3178 | return m; |
3179 | } |
3180 | |
3181 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
3182 | |
3183 | static bfd_boolean |
3184 | map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd) |
3185 | { |
3186 | asection **sections = NULL((void*)0); |
3187 | asection *s; |
3188 | unsigned int i; |
3189 | unsigned int count; |
3190 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
3191 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
3192 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
3193 | asection *last_hdr; |
3194 | bfd_vma last_size; |
3195 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
3196 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
3197 | asection **hdrpp; |
3198 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE1; |
3199 | bfd_boolean writable; |
3200 | int tls_count = 0; |
3201 | asection *first_tls = NULL((void*)0); |
3202 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr, *randomdata; |
3203 | bfd_size_type amt; |
3204 | |
3205 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map != NULL((void*)0)) |
3206 | return TRUE1; |
3207 | |
3208 | if (bfd_count_sections (abfd)((abfd)->section_count) == 0) |
3209 | return TRUE1; |
3210 | |
3211 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
3212 | |
3213 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd)((abfd)->section_count) * sizeof (asection *); |
3214 | sections = bfd_malloc (amt); |
3215 | if (sections == NULL((void*)0)) |
3216 | goto error_return; |
3217 | |
3218 | i = 0; |
3219 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
3220 | { |
3221 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
3222 | { |
3223 | sections[i] = s; |
3224 | ++i; |
3225 | } |
3226 | } |
3227 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)){ if (!(i <= ((abfd)->section_count))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3227); }; |
3228 | count = i; |
3229 | |
3230 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
3231 | |
3232 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
3233 | |
3234 | mfirst = NULL((void*)0); |
3235 | pm = &mfirst; |
3236 | |
3237 | /* If we have a .interp section, or are creating an executable and |
3238 | have a .dynamic section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for the |
3239 | program headers. */ |
3240 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
3241 | if ((s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) || |
3242 | (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") && |
3243 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->executable)) |
3244 | { |
3245 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3246 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3247 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3248 | goto error_return; |
3249 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3250 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR6; |
3251 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
3252 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2) | PF_X(1 << 0); |
3253 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3254 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
3255 | |
3256 | *pm = m; |
3257 | pm = &m->next; |
3258 | } |
3259 | |
3260 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_INTERP segment for |
3261 | the .interp section. */ |
3262 | if (s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3263 | { |
3264 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3265 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3266 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3267 | goto error_return; |
3268 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3269 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP3; |
3270 | m->count = 1; |
3271 | m->sections[0] = s; |
3272 | |
3273 | *pm = m; |
3274 | pm = &m->next; |
3275 | } |
3276 | |
3277 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
3278 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
3279 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
3280 | last_hdr = NULL((void*)0); |
3281 | last_size = 0; |
3282 | phdr_index = 0; |
3283 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->maxpagesize; |
3284 | writable = FALSE0; |
3285 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
3286 | if (dynsec != NULL((void*)0) |
3287 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) == 0) |
3288 | dynsec = NULL((void*)0); |
3289 | |
3290 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
3291 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
3292 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
3293 | program headers we will need. */ |
3294 | if (count > 0) |
3295 | { |
3296 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; |
3297 | |
3298 | phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
3299 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
3300 | phdr_size = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3301 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0 |
3302 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size |
3303 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
3304 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE0; |
3305 | } |
3306 | |
3307 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
3308 | { |
3309 | asection *hdr; |
3310 | bfd_boolean new_segment; |
3311 | |
3312 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
3313 | |
3314 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
3315 | segment. */ |
3316 | |
3317 | if (last_hdr == NULL((void*)0)) |
3318 | { |
3319 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
3320 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
3321 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
3322 | } |
3323 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
3324 | { |
3325 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
3326 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
3327 | segment. */ |
3328 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3329 | } |
3330 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (last_hdr->lma + last_size) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (last_hdr->lma + last_size)) ? (((bfd_vma ) (last_hdr->lma + last_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
3331 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (hdr->lma) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma ) (hdr->lma)) ? (((bfd_vma) (hdr->lma) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0)) |
3332 | { |
3333 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
3334 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
3335 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3336 | } |
3337 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) == 0 |
3338 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) != 0) |
3339 | { |
3340 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
3341 | nonloadable section in the same segment. |
3342 | Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ |
3343 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3344 | } |
3345 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0) |
3346 | { |
3347 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
3348 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
3349 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
3350 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
3351 | } |
3352 | else if (! writable |
3353 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0 |
3354 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) |
3355 | & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) |
3356 | != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) |
3357 | { |
3358 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
3359 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
3360 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
3361 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
3362 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
3363 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
3364 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
3365 | new_segment = TRUE1; |
3366 | } |
3367 | else |
3368 | { |
3369 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
3370 | new_segment = FALSE0; |
3371 | } |
3372 | |
3373 | if (! new_segment) |
3374 | { |
3375 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
3376 | writable = TRUE1; |
3377 | last_hdr = hdr; |
3378 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
3379 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000 | SEC_LOAD0x002)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
3380 | last_size = hdr->_raw_size; |
3381 | else |
3382 | last_size = 0; |
3383 | continue; |
3384 | } |
3385 | |
3386 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
3387 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
3388 | |
3389 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
3390 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3391 | goto error_return; |
3392 | |
3393 | *pm = m; |
3394 | pm = &m->next; |
3395 | |
3396 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
3397 | writable = TRUE1; |
3398 | else |
3399 | writable = FALSE0; |
3400 | |
3401 | last_hdr = hdr; |
3402 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
3403 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000 | SEC_LOAD0x002)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
3404 | last_size = hdr->_raw_size; |
3405 | else |
3406 | last_size = 0; |
3407 | phdr_index = i; |
3408 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE0; |
3409 | } |
3410 | |
3411 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ |
3412 | if (last_hdr != NULL((void*)0)) |
3413 | { |
3414 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
3415 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3416 | goto error_return; |
3417 | |
3418 | *pm = m; |
3419 | pm = &m->next; |
3420 | } |
3421 | |
3422 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
3423 | if (dynsec != NULL((void*)0)) |
3424 | { |
3425 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3426 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3427 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3428 | goto error_return; |
3429 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3430 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC2; |
3431 | m->count = 1; |
3432 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
3433 | |
3434 | *pm = m; |
3435 | pm = &m->next; |
3436 | } |
3437 | |
3438 | /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't |
3439 | use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together |
3440 | nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will |
3441 | generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using |
3442 | names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ |
3443 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
3444 | { |
3445 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
3446 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
3447 | { |
3448 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3449 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3450 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3451 | goto error_return; |
3452 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3453 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE4; |
3454 | m->count = 1; |
3455 | m->sections[0] = s; |
3456 | |
3457 | *pm = m; |
3458 | pm = &m->next; |
3459 | } |
3460 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
3461 | { |
3462 | if (! tls_count) |
3463 | first_tls = s; |
3464 | tls_count++; |
3465 | } |
3466 | } |
3467 | |
3468 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
3469 | if (tls_count > 0) |
3470 | { |
3471 | int i; |
3472 | |
3473 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3474 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
3475 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3476 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3477 | goto error_return; |
3478 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3479 | m->p_type = PT_TLS7; |
3480 | m->count = tls_count; |
3481 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
3482 | m->p_flags = PF_R(1 << 2); |
3483 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3484 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) |
3485 | { |
3486 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL){ if (!(first_tls->flags & 0x1000)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3486); }; |
3487 | m->sections[i] = first_tls; |
3488 | first_tls = first_tls->next; |
3489 | } |
3490 | |
3491 | *pm = m; |
3492 | pm = &m->next; |
3493 | } |
3494 | |
3495 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
3496 | segment. */ |
3497 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->eh_frame_hdr; |
3498 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL((void*)0) |
3499 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3500 | { |
3501 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3502 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3503 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3504 | goto error_return; |
3505 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3506 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME(0x60000000 + 0x474e550); |
3507 | m->count = 1; |
3508 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
3509 | |
3510 | *pm = m; |
3511 | pm = &m->next; |
3512 | } |
3513 | |
3514 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags) |
3515 | { |
3516 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3517 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3518 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3519 | goto error_return; |
3520 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3521 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551); |
3522 | m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags; |
3523 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
3524 | |
3525 | *pm = m; |
3526 | pm = &m->next; |
3527 | } |
3528 | |
3529 | /* If there is a .openbsd.randomdata section, throw in a PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE |
3530 | segment. */ |
3531 | randomdata = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".openbsd.randomdata"); |
3532 | if (randomdata != NULL((void*)0) && (randomdata->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3533 | { |
3534 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
3535 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
3536 | if (m == NULL((void*)0)) |
3537 | goto error_return; |
3538 | m->next = NULL((void*)0); |
3539 | m->p_type = PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE0x65a3dbe6; |
3540 | m->count = 1; |
3541 | m->sections[0] = randomdata->output_section; |
3542 | |
3543 | *pm = m; |
3544 | pm = &m->next; |
3545 | } |
3546 | |
3547 | free (sections); |
3548 | sections = NULL((void*)0); |
3549 | |
3550 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = mfirst; |
3551 | return TRUE1; |
3552 | |
3553 | error_return: |
3554 | if (sections != NULL((void*)0)) |
3555 | free (sections); |
3556 | return FALSE0; |
3557 | } |
3558 | |
3559 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
3560 | |
3561 | static int |
3562 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
3563 | { |
3564 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
3565 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
3566 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
3567 | |
3568 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
3569 | place the section into a segment. */ |
3570 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
3571 | return -1; |
3572 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
3573 | return 1; |
3574 | |
3575 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
3576 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
3577 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
3578 | return -1; |
3579 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
3580 | return 1; |
3581 | |
3582 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
3583 | |
3584 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD0x002 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) == 0) |
3585 | |
3586 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
3587 | { |
3588 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
3589 | { |
3590 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
3591 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
3592 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
3593 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
3594 | } |
3595 | else |
3596 | return 1; |
3597 | } |
3598 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
3599 | return -1; |
3600 | |
3601 | #undef TOEND |
3602 | |
3603 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
3604 | before others at the same address. */ |
3605 | |
3606 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) ? sec1->_raw_size : 0; |
3607 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) ? sec2->_raw_size : 0; |
3608 | |
3609 | if (size1 < size2) |
3610 | return -1; |
3611 | if (size1 > size2) |
3612 | return 1; |
3613 | |
3614 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
3615 | } |
3616 | |
3617 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
3618 | |
3619 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
3620 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
3621 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
3622 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
3623 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
3624 | which is wrong. |
3625 | |
3626 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
3627 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
3628 | the page size.'' */ |
3629 | /* In other words, something like: |
3630 | |
3631 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
3632 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
3633 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
3634 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
3635 | else |
3636 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
3637 | |
3638 | which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
3639 | |
3640 | static file_ptr |
3641 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
3642 | { |
3643 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
3644 | } |
3645 | |
3646 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
3647 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
3648 | the file header, and writes out the program headers. */ |
3649 | |
3650 | static bfd_boolean |
3651 | assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
3652 | { |
3653 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
3654 | unsigned int count; |
3655 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
3656 | unsigned int alloc; |
3657 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
3658 | file_ptr off, voff; |
3659 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
3660 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
3661 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
3662 | bfd_size_type amt; |
3663 | |
3664 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map == NULL((void*)0)) |
3665 | { |
3666 | if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd)) |
3667 | return FALSE0; |
3668 | } |
3669 | else |
3670 | { |
3671 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
3672 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
3673 | sections from the segment map. */ |
3674 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; |
3675 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
3676 | m = m->next) |
3677 | { |
3678 | unsigned int new_count; |
3679 | unsigned int i; |
3680 | |
3681 | if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
3682 | continue; |
3683 | |
3684 | new_count = 0; |
3685 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i ++) |
3686 | { |
3687 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
3688 | { |
3689 | if (i != new_count) |
3690 | m->sections[new_count] = m->sections[i]; |
3691 | |
3692 | new_count ++; |
3693 | } |
3694 | } |
3695 | |
3696 | if (new_count != m->count) |
3697 | m->count = new_count; |
3698 | } |
3699 | } |
3700 | |
3701 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) |
3702 | { |
3703 | if (! (*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, link_info)) |
3704 | return FALSE0; |
3705 | } |
3706 | |
3707 | count = 0; |
3708 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; m != NULL((void*)0); m = m->next) |
3709 | ++count; |
3710 | |
3711 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3712 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3713 | elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum = count; |
3714 | |
3715 | if (count == 0) |
3716 | return TRUE1; |
3717 | |
3718 | /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure |
3719 | that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS |
3720 | is used in a linker script. */ |
3721 | alloc = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3722 | if (alloc != 0 && count > alloc) |
3723 | { |
3724 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
3725 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)")("%s: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)" ), |
3726 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)((char *) (abfd)->filename), alloc, count)); |
3727 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
3728 | return FALSE0; |
3729 | } |
3730 | |
3731 | if (alloc == 0) |
3732 | alloc = count; |
3733 | |
3734 | amt = alloc * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
3735 | phdrs = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
3736 | if (phdrs == NULL((void*)0)) |
3737 | return FALSE0; |
3738 | |
3739 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3740 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3741 | |
3742 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
3743 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
3744 | phdrs_vaddr = 0; |
3745 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
3746 | |
3747 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
3748 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
3749 | m = m->next, p++) |
3750 | { |
3751 | unsigned int i; |
3752 | asection **secpp; |
3753 | |
3754 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
3755 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
3756 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
3757 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
3758 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
3759 | if (m->count > 1 |
3760 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_type == ET_CORE4 |
3761 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE4)) |
3762 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
3763 | elf_sort_sections); |
3764 | |
3765 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
3766 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
3767 | |
3768 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
3769 | && m->count > 0 |
3770 | && (m->sections[0]->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
3771 | { |
3772 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
3773 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, |
3774 | bed->maxpagesize); |
3775 | else |
3776 | { |
3777 | bfd_size_type align; |
3778 | |
3779 | align = 0; |
3780 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
3781 | { |
3782 | bfd_size_type secalign; |
3783 | |
3784 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp)((*secpp)->alignment_power + 0); |
3785 | if (secalign > align) |
3786 | align = secalign; |
3787 | } |
3788 | |
3789 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, |
3790 | 1 << align); |
3791 | } |
3792 | } |
3793 | |
3794 | if (m->count == 0) |
3795 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
3796 | else |
3797 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; |
3798 | |
3799 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
3800 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
3801 | else if (m->count == 0) |
3802 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
3803 | else |
3804 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; |
3805 | |
3806 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
3807 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
3808 | p->p_align = bed->maxpagesize; |
3809 | else if (m->count == 0) |
3810 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
3811 | else |
3812 | p->p_align = 0; |
3813 | |
3814 | p->p_offset = 0; |
3815 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
3816 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
3817 | |
3818 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
3819 | { |
3820 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
3821 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
3822 | p->p_offset = 0; |
3823 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3824 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3825 | if (m->count > 0) |
3826 | { |
3827 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD){ if (!(p->p_type == 1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3827); }; |
3828 | |
3829 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
3830 | { |
3831 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
3832 | (_("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N")("%s: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N" ), |
3833 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)((char *) (abfd)->filename)); |
3834 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
3835 | return FALSE0; |
3836 | } |
3837 | |
3838 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
3839 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
3840 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
3841 | } |
3842 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
3843 | { |
3844 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
3845 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
3846 | } |
3847 | } |
3848 | |
3849 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
3850 | { |
3851 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
3852 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
3853 | |
3854 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
3855 | { |
3856 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
3857 | { |
3858 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3859 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3860 | } |
3861 | } |
3862 | else |
3863 | { |
3864 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3865 | |
3866 | if (m->count > 0) |
3867 | { |
3868 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD){ if (!(p->p_type == 1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,3868); }; |
3869 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
3870 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
3871 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
3872 | } |
3873 | |
3874 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
3875 | { |
3876 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
3877 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
3878 | } |
3879 | else |
3880 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
3881 | } |
3882 | |
3883 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3884 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
3885 | } |
3886 | |
3887 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
3888 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core)) |
3889 | { |
3890 | if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) |
3891 | p->p_offset = off; |
3892 | else |
3893 | { |
3894 | file_ptr adjust; |
3895 | |
3896 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
3897 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
3898 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
3899 | } |
3900 | } |
3901 | |
3902 | voff = off; |
3903 | |
3904 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
3905 | { |
3906 | asection *sec; |
3907 | flagword flags; |
3908 | bfd_size_type align; |
3909 | |
3910 | sec = *secpp; |
3911 | flags = sec->flags; |
3912 | align = 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec)((sec)->alignment_power + 0); |
3913 | |
3914 | /* The section may have artificial alignment forced by a |
3915 | link script. Notice this case by the gap between the |
3916 | cumulative phdr lma and the section's lma. */ |
3917 | if (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz < sec->lma) |
3918 | { |
3919 | bfd_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
3920 | |
3921 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
3922 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1 |
3923 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 |
3924 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core)) |
3925 | { |
3926 | off += adjust; |
3927 | voff += adjust; |
3928 | } |
3929 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
3930 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) != 0) |
3931 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
3932 | } |
3933 | |
3934 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
3935 | { |
3936 | bfd_signed_vma adjust; |
3937 | |
3938 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3939 | { |
3940 | adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
3941 | if (adjust < 0) |
3942 | adjust = 0; |
3943 | } |
3944 | else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
3945 | { |
3946 | /* The section VMA must equal the file position |
3947 | modulo the page size. FIXME: I'm not sure if |
3948 | this adjustment is really necessary. We used to |
3949 | not have the SEC_LOAD case just above, and then |
3950 | this was necessary, but now I'm not sure. */ |
3951 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
3952 | adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma, voff, |
3953 | bed->maxpagesize); |
3954 | else |
3955 | adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma, voff, |
3956 | align); |
3957 | } |
3958 | else |
3959 | adjust = 0; |
3960 | |
3961 | if (adjust != 0) |
3962 | { |
3963 | if (i == 0) |
3964 | { |
3965 | (* _bfd_error_handler) (_("\("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x" ) |
3966 | Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x")("Error: First section in segment (%s) starts at 0x%x whereas the segment starts at 0x%x" ), |
3967 | bfd_section_name (abfd, sec)((sec)->name), |
3968 | sec->lma, |
3969 | p->p_paddr); |
3970 | return FALSE0; |
3971 | } |
3972 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
3973 | off += adjust; |
3974 | voff += adjust; |
3975 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
3976 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
3977 | } |
3978 | |
3979 | sec->filepos = off; |
3980 | |
3981 | /* We check SEC_HAS_CONTENTS here because if NOLOAD is |
3982 | used in a linker script we may have a section with |
3983 | SEC_LOAD clear but which is supposed to have |
3984 | contents. */ |
3985 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
3986 | || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) != 0) |
3987 | off += sec->_raw_size; |
3988 | |
3989 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0 |
3990 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
3991 | || (flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) == 0)) |
3992 | voff += sec->_raw_size; |
3993 | } |
3994 | |
3995 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core) |
3996 | { |
3997 | /* The actual "note" segment has i == 0. |
3998 | This is the one that actually contains everything. */ |
3999 | if (i == 0) |
4000 | { |
4001 | sec->filepos = off; |
4002 | p->p_filesz = sec->_raw_size; |
4003 | off += sec->_raw_size; |
4004 | voff = off; |
4005 | } |
4006 | else |
4007 | { |
4008 | /* Fake sections -- don't need to be written. */ |
4009 | sec->filepos = 0; |
4010 | sec->_raw_size = 0; |
4011 | flags = sec->flags = 0; |
4012 | } |
4013 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
4014 | p->p_align = 1; |
4015 | } |
4016 | else |
4017 | { |
4018 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
4019 | || (sec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) == 0 |
4020 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS7) |
4021 | p->p_memsz += sec->_raw_size; |
4022 | |
4023 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
4024 | p->p_filesz += sec->_raw_size; |
4025 | |
4026 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS7 |
4027 | && sec->_raw_size == 0 |
4028 | && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) == 0) |
4029 | { |
4030 | struct bfd_link_order *o; |
4031 | bfd_vma tbss_size = 0; |
4032 | |
4033 | for (o = sec->link_order_head; o != NULL((void*)0); o = o->next) |
4034 | if (tbss_size < o->offset + o->size) |
4035 | tbss_size = o->offset + o->size; |
4036 | |
4037 | p->p_memsz += tbss_size; |
4038 | } |
4039 | |
4040 | if (align > p->p_align |
4041 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD1 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) == 0)) |
4042 | p->p_align = align; |
4043 | } |
4044 | |
4045 | if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
4046 | { |
4047 | p->p_flags |= PF_R(1 << 2); |
4048 | if ((flags & SEC_CODE0x020) != 0) |
4049 | p->p_flags |= PF_X(1 << 0); |
4050 | if ((flags & SEC_READONLY0x010) == 0) |
4051 | p->p_flags |= PF_W(1 << 1); |
4052 | } |
4053 | } |
4054 | } |
4055 | |
4056 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
4057 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
4058 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
4059 | m != NULL((void*)0); |
4060 | m = m->next, p++) |
4061 | { |
4062 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD1 && m->count > 0) |
4063 | { |
4064 | BFD_ASSERT (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs){ if (!(! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs )) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c",4064) ; }; |
4065 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
4066 | } |
4067 | if (m->count == 0) |
4068 | { |
4069 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
4070 | { |
4071 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
4072 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
4073 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
4074 | } |
4075 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
4076 | { |
4077 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
4078 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
4079 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
4080 | } |
4081 | } |
4082 | } |
4083 | |
4084 | /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */ |
4085 | for (; count < alloc; count++, p++) |
4086 | { |
4087 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
4088 | p->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
4089 | } |
4090 | |
4091 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr = phdrs; |
4092 | |
4093 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
4094 | |
4095 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
4096 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
4097 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, phdrs, alloc) != 0) |
4098 | return FALSE0; |
4099 | |
4100 | return TRUE1; |
4101 | } |
4102 | |
4103 | /* Get the size of the program header. |
4104 | |
4105 | If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it |
4106 | can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only |
4107 | happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case, |
4108 | SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one |
4109 | data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic). |
4110 | |
4111 | ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there |
4112 | will be two segments. */ |
4113 | |
4114 | static bfd_size_type |
4115 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd) |
4116 | { |
4117 | size_t segs; |
4118 | asection *s; |
4119 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4120 | |
4121 | /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */ |
4122 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size != 0) |
4123 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
4124 | |
4125 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map != NULL((void*)0)) |
4126 | { |
4127 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
4128 | |
4129 | segs = 0; |
4130 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map; m != NULL((void*)0); m = m->next) |
4131 | ++segs; |
4132 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4133 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
4134 | } |
4135 | |
4136 | /* We used to assume that two PT_LOAD segments would be enough, |
4137 | code and data, with the change to pad the PLT and GOT, this is no |
4138 | longer true. Now there can be several PT_LOAD sections. 7 seems |
4139 | to be enough with BSS_PLT and .rodata-X, where we have text, data, |
4140 | GOT, dynamic, PLT, bss */ |
4141 | segs = 7; |
4142 | |
4143 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
4144 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
4145 | if ((s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) || |
4146 | (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") && |
4147 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->executable)) |
4148 | { |
4149 | /* We need a PT_PHDR segment. */ |
4150 | ++segs; |
4151 | } |
4152 | |
4153 | if (s != NULL((void*)0) && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0) |
4154 | { |
4155 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
4156 | PT_INTERP segment. */ |
4157 | ++segs; |
4158 | } |
4159 | |
4160 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL((void*)0)) |
4161 | { |
4162 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
4163 | ++segs; |
4164 | } |
4165 | |
4166 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".openbsd.randomdata") != NULL((void*)0)) |
4167 | { |
4168 | /* We need a PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE segment. */ |
4169 | ++segs; |
4170 | } |
4171 | |
4172 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->eh_frame_hdr) |
4173 | { |
4174 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
4175 | ++segs; |
4176 | } |
4177 | |
4178 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->stack_flags) |
4179 | { |
4180 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
4181 | ++segs; |
4182 | } |
4183 | |
4184 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
4185 | { |
4186 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD0x002) != 0 |
4187 | && strncmp (s->name, ".note", 5) == 0) |
4188 | { |
4189 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
4190 | ++segs; |
4191 | } |
4192 | } |
4193 | |
4194 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
4195 | { |
4196 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
4197 | { |
4198 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
4199 | ++segs; |
4200 | break; |
4201 | } |
4202 | } |
4203 | |
4204 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
4205 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
4206 | { |
4207 | int a; |
4208 | |
4209 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd); |
4210 | if (a == -1) |
4211 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 4211, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
4212 | segs += a; |
4213 | } |
4214 | |
4215 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size = segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
4216 | return elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->program_header_size; |
4217 | } |
4218 | |
4219 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
4220 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
4221 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
4222 | |
4223 | We do not consider reloc sections at this point, unless they form |
4224 | part of the loadable image. Reloc sections are assigned file |
4225 | positions in assign_file_positions_for_relocs, which is called by |
4226 | write_object_contents and final_link. |
4227 | |
4228 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
4229 | |
4230 | static bfd_boolean |
4231 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
4232 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
4233 | { |
4234 | struct elf_obj_tdata * const tdata = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data); |
4235 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * const i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
4236 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
4237 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
4238 | file_ptr off; |
4239 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4240 | |
4241 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P0x02 | DYNAMIC0x40)) == 0 |
4242 | && bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) != bfd_core) |
4243 | { |
4244 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
4245 | unsigned int i; |
4246 | |
4247 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
4248 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
4249 | |
4250 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
4251 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
4252 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
4253 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
4254 | { |
4255 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
4256 | |
4257 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
4258 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
4259 | || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA4 |
4260 | || i == tdata->symtab_section |
4261 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section |
4262 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) |
4263 | { |
4264 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
4265 | } |
4266 | else |
4267 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
4268 | |
4269 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
4270 | { |
4271 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4272 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4273 | } |
4274 | } |
4275 | } |
4276 | else |
4277 | { |
4278 | unsigned int i; |
4279 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
4280 | |
4281 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
4282 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
4283 | if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd, link_info)) |
4284 | return FALSE0; |
4285 | |
4286 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
4287 | |
4288 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
4289 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
4290 | { |
4291 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
4292 | |
4293 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
4294 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL((void*)0) |
4295 | && hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0) |
4296 | hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; |
4297 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC(1 << 1)) != 0) |
4298 | { |
4299 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
4300 | (_("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment")("%s: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
4301 | bfd_get_filename (abfd)((char *) (abfd)->filename), |
4302 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL((void*)0) |
4303 | ? "*unknown*" |
4304 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); |
4305 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED0x100) != 0) |
4306 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
4307 | bed->maxpagesize); |
4308 | else |
4309 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
4310 | hdr->sh_addralign); |
4311 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
4312 | FALSE0); |
4313 | } |
4314 | else if (hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
4315 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] |
4316 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) |
4317 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
4318 | else |
4319 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE1); |
4320 | |
4321 | if (i == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
4322 | { |
4323 | i += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4324 | hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4325 | } |
4326 | } |
4327 | } |
4328 | |
4329 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
4330 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
4331 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
4332 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
4333 | |
4334 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
4335 | |
4336 | return TRUE1; |
4337 | } |
4338 | |
4339 | static bfd_boolean |
4340 | prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
4341 | { |
4342 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
4343 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
4344 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
4345 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
4346 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4347 | |
4348 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
4349 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
Value stored to 'i_shdrp' is never read | |
4350 | |
4351 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
4352 | if (shstrtab == NULL((void*)0)) |
4353 | return FALSE0; |
4354 | |
4355 | elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) = shstrtab; |
4356 | |
4357 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG00] = ELFMAG00x7F; |
4358 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG11] = ELFMAG1'E'; |
4359 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG22] = ELFMAG2'L'; |
4360 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG33] = ELFMAG3'F'; |
4361 | |
4362 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] = bed->s->elfclass; |
4363 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA5] = |
4364 | bfd_big_endian (abfd)((abfd)->xvec->byteorder == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG) ? ELFDATA2MSB2 : ELFDATA2LSB1; |
4365 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION6] = bed->s->ev_current; |
4366 | |
4367 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC0x40) != 0) |
4368 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN3; |
4369 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P0x02) != 0) |
4370 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC2; |
4371 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_core) |
4372 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE4; |
4373 | else |
4374 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL1; |
4375 | |
4376 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
4377 | { |
4378 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
4379 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE0; |
4380 | break; |
4381 | |
4382 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
4383 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
4384 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
4385 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
4386 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
4387 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
4388 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
4389 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
4390 | default: |
4391 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
4392 | } |
4393 | |
4394 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
4395 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
4396 | |
4397 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
4398 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
4399 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
4400 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
4401 | |
4402 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
4403 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd)((abfd)->start_address); |
4404 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
4405 | |
4406 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
4407 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P0x02) |
4408 | { |
4409 | /* It all happens later. */ |
4410 | #if 0 |
4411 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Phdr); |
4412 | |
4413 | /* elf_build_phdrs() returns a (NULL-terminated) array of |
4414 | Elf_Internal_Phdrs. */ |
4415 | i_phdrp = elf_build_phdrs (abfd, i_ehdrp, i_shdrp, &i_ehdrp->e_phnum); |
4416 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = outbase; |
4417 | outbase += i_ehdrp->e_phentsize * i_ehdrp->e_phnum; |
4418 | #endif |
4419 | } |
4420 | else |
4421 | { |
4422 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
4423 | i_phdrp = 0; |
4424 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
4425 | } |
4426 | |
4427 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
4428 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE0); |
4429 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
4430 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE0); |
4431 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
4432 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE0); |
4433 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
4434 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
4435 | || elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
4436 | return FALSE0; |
4437 | |
4438 | return TRUE1; |
4439 | } |
4440 | |
4441 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
4442 | of the loadable file image. */ |
4443 | |
4444 | void |
4445 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) |
4446 | { |
4447 | file_ptr off; |
4448 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
4449 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
4450 | |
4451 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos; |
4452 | |
4453 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
4454 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) |
4455 | { |
4456 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
4457 | |
4458 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
4459 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL9 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA4) |
4460 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
4461 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE1); |
4462 | } |
4463 | |
4464 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->next_file_pos = off; |
4465 | } |
4466 | |
4467 | bfd_boolean |
4468 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
4469 | { |
4470 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4471 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
4472 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
4473 | bfd_boolean failed; |
4474 | unsigned int count, num_sec; |
4475 | |
4476 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
4477 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL((void*)0))) |
4478 | return FALSE0; |
4479 | |
4480 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
4481 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
4482 | |
4483 | failed = FALSE0; |
4484 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
4485 | if (failed) |
4486 | return FALSE0; |
4487 | |
4488 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
4489 | |
4490 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
4491 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
4492 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
4493 | { |
4494 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
4495 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
4496 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
4497 | { |
4498 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
4499 | |
4500 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
4501 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
4502 | return FALSE0; |
4503 | } |
4504 | if (count == SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00 - 1) |
4505 | count += SHN_HIRESERVE0xFFFF + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE0xFF00; |
4506 | } |
4507 | |
4508 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
4509 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
4510 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr))) |
4511 | return FALSE0; |
4512 | |
4513 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
4514 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
4515 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->linker); |
4516 | |
4517 | return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); |
4518 | } |
4519 | |
4520 | bfd_boolean |
4521 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
4522 | { |
4523 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
4524 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
4525 | } |
4526 | |
4527 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
4528 | |
4529 | int |
4530 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
4531 | { |
4532 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
4533 | int index; |
4534 | |
4535 | if (elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd) != NULL((void*)0) |
4536 | && elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->this_idx != 0) |
4537 | return elf_section_data (asect)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)asect->used_by_bfd)->this_idx; |
4538 | |
4539 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)((asect) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section))) |
4540 | index = SHN_ABS0xFFF1; |
4541 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)(((asect)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
4542 | index = SHN_COMMON0xFFF2; |
4543 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)((asect) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section))) |
4544 | index = SHN_UNDEF0; |
4545 | else |
4546 | { |
4547 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_sect_ptr); |
4548 | int maxindex = elf_numsections (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_elf_sections); |
4549 | |
4550 | for (index = 1; index < maxindex; index++) |
4551 | { |
4552 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = i_shdrp[index]; |
4553 | |
4554 | if (hdr != NULL((void*)0) && hdr->bfd_section == asect) |
4555 | return index; |
4556 | } |
4557 | index = -1; |
4558 | } |
4559 | |
4560 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4561 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
4562 | { |
4563 | int retval = index; |
4564 | |
4565 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
4566 | return retval; |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | if (index == -1) |
4570 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
4571 | |
4572 | return index; |
4573 | } |
4574 | |
4575 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
4576 | on error. */ |
4577 | |
4578 | int |
4579 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
4580 | { |
4581 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
4582 | int idx; |
4583 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
4584 | |
4585 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
4586 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
4587 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
4588 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
4589 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
4590 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
4591 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
4592 | && asym_ptr->section) |
4593 | { |
4594 | int indx; |
4595 | |
4596 | if (asym_ptr->section->output_section != NULL((void*)0)) |
4597 | indx = asym_ptr->section->output_section->index; |
4598 | else |
4599 | indx = asym_ptr->section->index; |
4600 | if (indx < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_section_syms) |
4601 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[indx] != NULL((void*)0)) |
4602 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> section_syms)[indx]->udata.i; |
4603 | } |
4604 | |
4605 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
4606 | |
4607 | if (idx == 0) |
4608 | { |
4609 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
4610 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
4611 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
4612 | (_("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present")("%s: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
4613 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)((asym_ptr)->name)); |
4614 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
4615 | return -1; |
4616 | } |
4617 | |
4618 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
4619 | { |
4620 | fprintf (stderr(&__sF[2]), |
4621 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", |
4622 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, |
4623 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
4624 | fflush (stderr(&__sF[2])); |
4625 | } |
4626 | #endif |
4627 | |
4628 | return idx; |
4629 | } |
4630 | |
4631 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies any program header information. */ |
4632 | |
4633 | static bfd_boolean |
4634 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
4635 | { |
4636 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
4637 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
4638 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
4639 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
4640 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
4641 | asection *section; |
4642 | unsigned int i; |
4643 | unsigned int num_segments; |
4644 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE0; |
4645 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
4646 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL((void*)0); |
4647 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
4648 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
4649 | |
4650 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
4651 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
4652 | return TRUE1; |
4653 | |
4654 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr == NULL((void*)0)) |
4655 | return TRUE1; |
4656 | |
4657 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (ibfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
4658 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
4659 | |
4660 | map_first = NULL((void*)0); |
4661 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
4662 | |
4663 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
4664 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (obfd)->xvec->backend_data )->maxpagesize; |
4665 | |
4666 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
4667 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
4668 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
4669 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
4670 | |
4671 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
4672 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) \ |
4673 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS7) \ |
4674 | ? section->_raw_size : 0) |
4675 | |
4676 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
4677 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
4678 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
4679 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
4680 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
4681 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
4682 | |
4683 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
4684 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
4685 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
4686 | (section->lma >= base \ |
4687 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
4688 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
4689 | |
4690 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ |
4691 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
4692 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE4 \ |
4693 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd)((ibfd)->format) == bfd_core \ |
4694 | && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ |
4695 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
4696 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ |
4697 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
4698 | |
4699 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
4700 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
4701 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
4702 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
4703 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
4704 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
4705 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
4706 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
4707 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200) != 0 \ |
4708 | && s->_raw_size > 0 \ |
4709 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
4710 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->_raw_size \ |
4711 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
4712 | |
4713 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
4714 | A section will be included if: |
4715 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
4716 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
4717 | 2. It is an allocated segment, |
4718 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
4719 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
4720 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
4721 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
4722 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. */ |
4723 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
4724 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
4725 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
4726 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
4727 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) \ |
4728 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
4729 | && section->output_section != NULL((void*)0) \ |
4730 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK(0x60000000 + 0x474e551) \ |
4731 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS7 \ |
4732 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000)) \ |
4733 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 \ |
4734 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS7 \ |
4735 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) == 0) \ |
4736 | && ! section->segment_mark) |
4737 | |
4738 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
4739 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
4740 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
4741 | |
4742 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
4743 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
4744 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
4745 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
4746 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
4747 | LMA. */ |
4748 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
4749 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
4750 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
4751 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
4752 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
4753 | |
4754 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
4755 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL((void*)0); section = section->next) |
4756 | section->segment_mark = FALSE0; |
4757 | |
4758 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
4759 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
4760 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
4761 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
4762 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
4763 | i < num_segments; |
4764 | i++, segment++) |
4765 | { |
4766 | unsigned int j; |
4767 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
4768 | |
4769 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP3) |
4770 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
4771 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
4772 | { |
4773 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
4774 | assignment code will work. */ |
4775 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
4776 | break; |
4777 | } |
4778 | |
4779 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
4780 | continue; |
4781 | |
4782 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
4783 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) |
4784 | { |
4785 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
4786 | |
4787 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD1 |
4788 | || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
4789 | continue; |
4790 | |
4791 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
4792 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
4793 | { |
4794 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
4795 | SEGMENT. */ |
4796 | extra_length = |
4797 | SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
4798 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); |
4799 | |
4800 | if (extra_length > 0) |
4801 | { |
4802 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
4803 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
4804 | } |
4805 | |
4806 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
4807 | |
4808 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
4809 | i = 0; |
4810 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
4811 | break; |
4812 | } |
4813 | else |
4814 | { |
4815 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
4816 | SEGMENT2. */ |
4817 | extra_length = |
4818 | SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
4819 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); |
4820 | |
4821 | if (extra_length > 0) |
4822 | { |
4823 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
4824 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
4825 | } |
4826 | |
4827 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL0; |
4828 | } |
4829 | } |
4830 | } |
4831 | |
4832 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
4833 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr; |
4834 | i < num_segments; |
4835 | i ++, segment ++) |
4836 | { |
4837 | unsigned int section_count; |
4838 | asection ** sections; |
4839 | asection * output_section; |
4840 | unsigned int isec; |
4841 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
4842 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
4843 | unsigned int j; |
4844 | bfd_size_type amt; |
4845 | |
4846 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL0) |
4847 | continue; |
4848 | |
4849 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
4850 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
4851 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
4852 | section = section->next) |
4853 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
4854 | ++section_count; |
4855 | |
4856 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
4857 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
4858 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
4859 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
4860 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
4861 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
4862 | return FALSE0; |
4863 | |
4864 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
4865 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
4866 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
4867 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
4868 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
4869 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
4870 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
4871 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
4872 | |
4873 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
4874 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
4875 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
4876 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
4877 | |
4878 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
4879 | |
4880 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD1) |
4881 | { |
4882 | map->includes_phdrs = |
4883 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
4884 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
4885 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
4886 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
4887 | |
4888 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1 && map->includes_phdrs) |
4889 | phdr_included = TRUE1; |
4890 | } |
4891 | |
4892 | if (section_count == 0) |
4893 | { |
4894 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
4895 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
4896 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
4897 | a warning is produced. */ |
4898 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD1) |
4899 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
4900 | (_("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n")("%s: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n" ), |
4901 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); |
4902 | |
4903 | map->count = 0; |
4904 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
4905 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
4906 | |
4907 | continue; |
4908 | } |
4909 | |
4910 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
4911 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
4912 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
4913 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
4914 | |
4915 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
4916 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
4917 | input BFD. |
4918 | |
4919 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
4920 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
4921 | of the first section. |
4922 | |
4923 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
4924 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
4925 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
4926 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
4927 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
4928 | |
4929 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
4930 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
4931 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
4932 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
4933 | |
4934 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
4935 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
4936 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
4937 | |
4938 | /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here |
4939 | to work around this long long bug. */ |
4940 | amt = section_count * sizeof (asection *); |
4941 | sections = bfd_malloc (amt); |
4942 | if (sections == NULL((void*)0)) |
4943 | return FALSE0; |
4944 | |
4945 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
4946 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
4947 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
4948 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
4949 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
4950 | more to do. */ |
4951 | isec = 0; |
4952 | matching_lma = 0; |
4953 | suggested_lma = 0; |
4954 | |
4955 | for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; |
4956 | section != NULL((void*)0); |
4957 | section = section->next) |
4958 | { |
4959 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
4960 | { |
4961 | output_section = section->output_section; |
4962 | |
4963 | sections[j ++] = section; |
4964 | |
4965 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
4966 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
4967 | correct value. Note - some backends require that |
4968 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
4969 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
4970 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
4971 | && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
4972 | && isec == 0 |
4973 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
4974 | && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
4975 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
4976 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
4977 | : 0) |
4978 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
4979 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
4980 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
4981 | : 0)))) |
4982 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
4983 | |
4984 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
4985 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
4986 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
4987 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
4988 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && |
4989 | IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)) |
4990 | ) |
4991 | { |
4992 | if (matching_lma == 0) |
4993 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
4994 | |
4995 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
4996 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
4997 | segment. */ |
4998 | map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; |
4999 | } |
5000 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
5001 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
5002 | } |
5003 | } |
5004 | |
5005 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count){ if (!(j == section_count)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5005); }; |
5006 | |
5007 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
5008 | if necessary. */ |
5009 | if (isec == section_count) |
5010 | { |
5011 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
5012 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
5013 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
5014 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
5015 | map->count = section_count; |
5016 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
5017 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
5018 | |
5019 | free (sections); |
5020 | continue; |
5021 | } |
5022 | else |
5023 | { |
5024 | if (matching_lma != 0) |
5025 | { |
5026 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
5027 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
5028 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
5029 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
5030 | } |
5031 | else |
5032 | { |
5033 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
5034 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
5035 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
5036 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
5037 | } |
5038 | |
5039 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
5040 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
5041 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
5042 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
5043 | |
5044 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
5045 | { |
5046 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
5047 | |
5048 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
5049 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
5050 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
5051 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
5052 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
5053 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
5054 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
5055 | } |
5056 | } |
5057 | |
5058 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
5059 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
5060 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
5061 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
5062 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
5063 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
5064 | the loop. */ |
5065 | isec = 0; |
5066 | do |
5067 | { |
5068 | map->count = 0; |
5069 | suggested_lma = 0; |
5070 | |
5071 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
5072 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
5073 | { |
5074 | section = sections[j]; |
5075 | |
5076 | if (section == NULL((void*)0)) |
5077 | continue; |
5078 | |
5079 | output_section = section->output_section; |
5080 | |
5081 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL){ if (!(output_section != ((void*)0))) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5081); }; |
5082 | |
5083 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
5084 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
5085 | { |
5086 | if (map->count == 0) |
5087 | { |
5088 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
5089 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
5090 | wrong. */ |
5091 | if (output_section->lma != |
5092 | (map->p_paddr |
5093 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
5094 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
5095 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
5096 | : 0))) |
5097 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 5097, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
5098 | } |
5099 | else |
5100 | { |
5101 | asection * prev_sec; |
5102 | |
5103 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
5104 | |
5105 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
5106 | and the start of this section is more than |
5107 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
5108 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size,((((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + (maxpagesize ) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size )) ? (((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
5109 | maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + (maxpagesize ) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size )) ? (((bfd_vma) (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0) |
5110 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)((((bfd_vma) (output_section->lma) + (maxpagesize) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (output_section->lma)) ? (((bfd_vma) (output_section ->lma) + ((maxpagesize) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ((maxpagesize )-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0)) |
5111 | || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->_raw_size) |
5112 | > output_section->lma)) |
5113 | { |
5114 | if (suggested_lma == 0) |
5115 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
5116 | |
5117 | continue; |
5118 | } |
5119 | } |
5120 | |
5121 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
5122 | ++isec; |
5123 | sections[j] = NULL((void*)0); |
5124 | section->segment_mark = TRUE1; |
5125 | } |
5126 | else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
5127 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
5128 | } |
5129 | |
5130 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0){ if (!(map->count > 0)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5130); }; |
5131 | |
5132 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
5133 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
5134 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
5135 | |
5136 | if (isec < section_count) |
5137 | { |
5138 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
5139 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
5140 | and carry on looping. */ |
5141 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
5142 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
5143 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
5144 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
5145 | { |
5146 | free (sections); |
5147 | return FALSE0; |
5148 | } |
5149 | |
5150 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
5151 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
5152 | not yet been assigned. */ |
5153 | map->next = NULL((void*)0); |
5154 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
5155 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
5156 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
5157 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
5158 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
5159 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
5160 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
5161 | } |
5162 | } |
5163 | while (isec < section_count); |
5164 | |
5165 | free (sections); |
5166 | } |
5167 | |
5168 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
5169 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
5170 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
5171 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
5172 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
5173 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) |
5174 | break; |
5175 | if (map == NULL((void*)0)) |
5176 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
5177 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; |
5178 | |
5179 | elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map = map_first; |
5180 | |
5181 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
5182 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
5183 | the offset if necessary. */ |
5184 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL((void*)0)) |
5185 | { |
5186 | unsigned int count; |
5187 | |
5188 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL((void*)0); map = map->next) |
5189 | count++; |
5190 | |
5191 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
5192 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
5193 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
5194 | } |
5195 | |
5196 | #if 0 |
5197 | /* Final Step: Sort the segments into ascending order of physical |
5198 | address. */ |
5199 | if (map_first != NULL((void*)0)) |
5200 | { |
5201 | struct elf_segment_map *prev; |
5202 | |
5203 | prev = map_first; |
5204 | for (map = map_first->next; map != NULL((void*)0); prev = map, map = map->next) |
5205 | { |
5206 | /* Yes I know - its a bubble sort.... */ |
5207 | if (map->next != NULL((void*)0) && (map->next->p_paddr < map->p_paddr)) |
5208 | { |
5209 | /* Swap map and map->next. */ |
5210 | prev->next = map->next; |
5211 | map->next = map->next->next; |
5212 | prev->next->next = map; |
5213 | |
5214 | /* Restart loop. */ |
5215 | map = map_first; |
5216 | } |
5217 | } |
5218 | } |
5219 | #endif |
5220 | |
5221 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
5222 | #undef SECTION_SIZE |
5223 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
5224 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
5225 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
5226 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
5227 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
5228 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
5229 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
5230 | return TRUE1; |
5231 | } |
5232 | |
5233 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
5234 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
5235 | |
5236 | bfd_boolean |
5237 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
5238 | asection *isec, |
5239 | bfd *obfd, |
5240 | asection *osec) |
5241 | { |
5242 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
5243 | |
5244 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
5245 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
5246 | return TRUE1; |
5247 | |
5248 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)((obfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->segment_map == NULL((void*)0) && elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr != NULL((void*)0)) |
5249 | { |
5250 | asection *s; |
5251 | |
5252 | /* Only set up the segments if there are no more SEC_ALLOC |
5253 | sections. FIXME: This won't do the right thing if objcopy is |
5254 | used to remove the last SEC_ALLOC section, since objcopy |
5255 | won't call this routine in that case. */ |
5256 | for (s = isec->next; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
5257 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC0x001) != 0) |
5258 | break; |
5259 | if (s == NULL((void*)0)) |
5260 | { |
5261 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
5262 | return FALSE0; |
5263 | } |
5264 | } |
5265 | |
5266 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)isec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
5267 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)osec->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
5268 | |
5269 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
5270 | |
5271 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB2 |
5272 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM11 |
5273 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed0x6ffffffe |
5274 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef0x6ffffffd) |
5275 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
5276 | |
5277 | /* Set things up for objcopy. The output SHT_GROUP section will |
5278 | have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group |
5279 | members. */ |
5280 | elf_next_in_group (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)osec->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ) = elf_next_in_group (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)isec->used_by_bfd)->next_in_group ); |
5281 | elf_group_name (osec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)osec->used_by_bfd)->group .name) = elf_group_name (isec)(((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)isec->used_by_bfd)->group .name); |
5282 | |
5283 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
5284 | |
5285 | return TRUE1; |
5286 | } |
5287 | |
5288 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
5289 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
5290 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
5291 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
5292 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
5293 | |
5294 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 1) |
5295 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 2) |
5296 | #define MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 3) |
5297 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 4) |
5298 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5) (SHN_HIOS0xFF3F + 5) |
5299 | |
5300 | bfd_boolean |
5301 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
5302 | asymbol *isymarg, |
5303 | bfd *obfd, |
5304 | asymbol *osymarg) |
5305 | { |
5306 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
5307 | |
5308 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd)((ibfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
5309 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd)((obfd)->xvec->flavour) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
5310 | return TRUE1; |
5311 | |
5312 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg)(((isymarg)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (isymarg)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0 ) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (isymarg) : 0); |
5313 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg)(((osymarg)->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (osymarg)->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0 ) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (osymarg) : 0); |
5314 | |
5315 | if (isym != NULL((void*)0) |
5316 | && osym != NULL((void*)0) |
5317 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)((isym->symbol.section) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section ))) |
5318 | { |
5319 | unsigned int shndx; |
5320 | |
5321 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
5322 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section)) |
5323 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1); |
5324 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)(((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section)) |
5325 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2); |
5326 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_section) |
5327 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3); |
5328 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_section) |
5329 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4); |
5330 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)((ibfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_section) |
5331 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5); |
5332 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
5333 | } |
5334 | |
5335 | return TRUE1; |
5336 | } |
5337 | |
5338 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
5339 | |
5340 | static bfd_boolean |
5341 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
5342 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, |
5343 | int relocatable_p) |
5344 | { |
5345 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
5346 | int symcount; |
5347 | asymbol **syms; |
5348 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
5349 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
5350 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
5351 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
5352 | char *outbound_syms; |
5353 | char *outbound_shndx; |
5354 | int idx; |
5355 | bfd_size_type amt; |
5356 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
5357 | |
5358 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
5359 | return FALSE0; |
5360 | |
5361 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
5362 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
5363 | if (stt == NULL((void*)0)) |
5364 | return FALSE0; |
5365 | |
5366 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5367 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount); |
5368 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
5369 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB2; |
5370 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
5371 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
5372 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> num_locals) + 1; |
5373 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
5374 | |
5375 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_hdr; |
5376 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
5377 | |
5378 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
5379 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
5380 | if (outbound_syms == NULL((void*)0)) |
5381 | { |
5382 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
5383 | return FALSE0; |
5384 | } |
5385 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
5386 | |
5387 | outbound_shndx = NULL((void*)0); |
5388 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
5389 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
5390 | { |
5391 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
5392 | outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
5393 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL((void*)0)) |
5394 | { |
5395 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
5396 | return FALSE0; |
5397 | } |
5398 | |
5399 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
5400 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX18; |
5401 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
5402 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
5403 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
5404 | } |
5405 | |
5406 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
5407 | { |
5408 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
5409 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
5410 | sym.st_name = 0; |
5411 | sym.st_value = 0; |
5412 | sym.st_size = 0; |
5413 | sym.st_info = 0; |
5414 | sym.st_other = 0; |
5415 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF0; |
5416 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
5417 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
5418 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
5419 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
5420 | } |
5421 | |
5422 | name_local_sections |
5423 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
5424 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
5425 | |
5426 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd)((abfd)->outsymbols); |
5427 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
5428 | { |
5429 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
5430 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
5431 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
5432 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
5433 | int type; |
5434 | |
5435 | if (!name_local_sections |
5436 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100 | BSF_GLOBAL0x02)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
5437 | { |
5438 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
5439 | sym.st_name = 0; |
5440 | } |
5441 | else |
5442 | { |
5443 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
5444 | syms[idx]->name, |
5445 | TRUE1, FALSE0); |
5446 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
5447 | { |
5448 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
5449 | return FALSE0; |
5450 | } |
5451 | } |
5452 | |
5453 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx])(((syms[idx])->the_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour && (syms[idx])->the_bfd->tdata.elf_obj_data != 0) ? (elf_symbol_type *) (syms[idx]) : 0); |
5454 | |
5455 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) == 0 |
5456 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)(((syms[idx]->section)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
5457 | { |
5458 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
5459 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
5460 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
5461 | sym.st_size = value; |
5462 | if (type_ptr == NULL((void*)0) |
5463 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
5464 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
5465 | else |
5466 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
5467 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
5468 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
5469 | } |
5470 | else |
5471 | { |
5472 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
5473 | int shndx; |
5474 | |
5475 | if (sec->output_section) |
5476 | { |
5477 | value += sec->output_offset; |
5478 | sec = sec->output_section; |
5479 | } |
5480 | |
5481 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
5482 | if (! relocatable_p) |
5483 | value += sec->vma; |
5484 | sym.st_value = value; |
5485 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
5486 | |
5487 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)((sec) == ((asection *) &bfd_abs_section)) |
5488 | && type_ptr != NULL((void*)0) |
5489 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
5490 | { |
5491 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
5492 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
5493 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
5494 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
5495 | switch (shndx) |
5496 | { |
5497 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB(0xFF3F + 1): |
5498 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> symtab_section); |
5499 | break; |
5500 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB(0xFF3F + 2): |
5501 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section); |
5502 | break; |
5503 | case MAP_STRTAB(0xFF3F + 3): |
5504 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->strtab_section; |
5505 | break; |
5506 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB(0xFF3F + 4): |
5507 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->shstrtab_section; |
5508 | break; |
5509 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX(0xFF3F + 5): |
5510 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_shndx_section; |
5511 | break; |
5512 | default: |
5513 | break; |
5514 | } |
5515 | } |
5516 | else |
5517 | { |
5518 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
5519 | |
5520 | if (shndx == -1) |
5521 | { |
5522 | asection *sec2; |
5523 | |
5524 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
5525 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
5526 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
5527 | demand of applications. For example, it |
5528 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
5529 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
5530 | actually in the output file. */ |
5531 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
5532 | if (sec2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
5533 | { |
5534 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\("Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'" ) |
5535 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'")("Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'" ), |
5536 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", |
5537 | sec->name); |
5538 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
5539 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
5540 | return FALSE0; |
5541 | } |
5542 | |
5543 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
5544 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1){ if (!(shndx != -1)) bfd_assert("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c" ,5544); }; |
5545 | } |
5546 | } |
5547 | |
5548 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
5549 | } |
5550 | |
5551 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL0x40000) != 0) |
5552 | type = STT_TLS6; |
5553 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION0x10) != 0) |
5554 | type = STT_FUNC2; |
5555 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT0x10000) != 0) |
5556 | type = STT_OBJECT1; |
5557 | else |
5558 | type = STT_NOTYPE0; |
5559 | |
5560 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL0x1000) |
5561 | type = STT_TLS6; |
5562 | |
5563 | /* Processor-specific types. */ |
5564 | if (type_ptr != NULL((void*)0) |
5565 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
5566 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
5567 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
5568 | |
5569 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM0x100) |
5570 | { |
5571 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL0x02) |
5572 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION)(((1) << 4) + ((3) & 0xF)); |
5573 | else |
5574 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION)(((0) << 4) + ((3) & 0xF)); |
5575 | } |
5576 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)(((syms[idx]->section)->flags & 0x8000) != 0)) |
5577 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type)(((1) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF)); |
5578 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)((syms[idx]->section) == ((asection *) &bfd_und_section ))) |
5579 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
5580 | ? STB_WEAK(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
5581 | : STB_GLOBAL),(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )) |
5582 | type)(((((flags & 0x80) ? 2 : 1)) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF )); |
5583 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE0x4000) |
5584 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE)(((0) << 4) + ((4) & 0xF)); |
5585 | else |
5586 | { |
5587 | int bind = STB_LOCAL0; |
5588 | |
5589 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL0x01) |
5590 | bind = STB_LOCAL0; |
5591 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK0x80) |
5592 | bind = STB_WEAK2; |
5593 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL0x02) |
5594 | bind = STB_GLOBAL1; |
5595 | |
5596 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type)(((bind) << 4) + ((type) & 0xF)); |
5597 | } |
5598 | |
5599 | if (type_ptr != NULL((void*)0)) |
5600 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
5601 | else |
5602 | sym.st_other = 0; |
5603 | |
5604 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
5605 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
5606 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL((void*)0)) |
5607 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
5608 | } |
5609 | |
5610 | *sttp = stt; |
5611 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
5612 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB3; |
5613 | |
5614 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
5615 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
5616 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
5617 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
5618 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
5619 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
5620 | |
5621 | return TRUE1; |
5622 | } |
5623 | |
5624 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
5625 | |
5626 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
5627 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
5628 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
5629 | |
5630 | long |
5631 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
5632 | { |
5633 | long symcount; |
5634 | long symtab_size; |
5635 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->symtab_hdr; |
5636 | |
5637 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_sym; |
5638 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
5639 | if (symcount > 0) |
5640 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
5641 | |
5642 | return symtab_size; |
5643 | } |
5644 | |
5645 | long |
5646 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
5647 | { |
5648 | long symcount; |
5649 | long symtab_size; |
5650 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
5651 | |
5652 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
5653 | { |
5654 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
5655 | return -1; |
5656 | } |
5657 | |
5658 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_sym; |
5659 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
5660 | if (symcount > 0) |
5661 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
5662 | |
5663 | return symtab_size; |
5664 | } |
5665 | |
5666 | long |
5667 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
5668 | sec_ptr asect) |
5669 | { |
5670 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
5671 | } |
5672 | |
5673 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
5674 | |
5675 | long |
5676 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
5677 | sec_ptr section, |
5678 | arelent **relptr, |
5679 | asymbol **symbols) |
5680 | { |
5681 | arelent *tblptr; |
5682 | unsigned int i; |
5683 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5684 | |
5685 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE0)) |
5686 | return -1; |
5687 | |
5688 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
5689 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
5690 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
5691 | |
5692 | *relptr = NULL((void*)0); |
5693 | |
5694 | return section->reloc_count; |
5695 | } |
5696 | |
5697 | long |
5698 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
5699 | { |
5700 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5701 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE0); |
5702 | |
5703 | if (symcount >= 0) |
5704 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->symcount) = symcount; |
5705 | return symcount; |
5706 | } |
5707 | |
5708 | long |
5709 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
5710 | asymbol **allocation) |
5711 | { |
5712 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
5713 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE1); |
5714 | |
5715 | if (symcount >= 0) |
5716 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd)((abfd)->dynsymcount) = symcount; |
5717 | return symcount; |
5718 | } |
5719 | |
5720 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any |
5721 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type |
5722 | SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is |
5723 | considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
5724 | |
5725 | long |
5726 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
5727 | { |
5728 | long ret; |
5729 | asection *s; |
5730 | |
5731 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
5732 | { |
5733 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
5734 | return -1; |
5735 | } |
5736 | |
5737 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
5738 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
5739 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
5740 | && (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
5741 | || elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA4)) |
5742 | ret += ((s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
5743 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
5744 | |
5745 | return ret; |
5746 | } |
5747 | |
5748 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return |
5749 | the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are |
5750 | actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which |
5751 | was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there |
5752 | is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any section that was actually |
5753 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses |
5754 | the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc |
5755 | section. */ |
5756 | |
5757 | long |
5758 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
5759 | arelent **storage, |
5760 | asymbol **syms) |
5761 | { |
5762 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
5763 | asection *s; |
5764 | long ret; |
5765 | |
5766 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) == 0) |
5767 | { |
5768 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
5769 | return -1; |
5770 | } |
5771 | |
5772 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
5773 | ret = 0; |
5774 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL((void*)0); s = s->next) |
5775 | { |
5776 | if (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynsymtab_section) |
5777 | && (elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL9 |
5778 | || elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA4)) |
5779 | { |
5780 | arelent *p; |
5781 | long count, i; |
5782 | |
5783 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE1)) |
5784 | return -1; |
5785 | count = s->_raw_size / elf_section_data (s)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)s->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
5786 | p = s->relocation; |
5787 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
5788 | *storage++ = p++; |
5789 | ret += count; |
5790 | } |
5791 | } |
5792 | |
5793 | *storage = NULL((void*)0); |
5794 | |
5795 | return ret; |
5796 | } |
5797 | |
5798 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
5799 | |
5800 | bfd_boolean |
5801 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd) |
5802 | { |
5803 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL((void*)0); |
5804 | bfd_size_type amt; |
5805 | |
5806 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverdef_section) != 0) |
5807 | { |
5808 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
5809 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
5810 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
5811 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
5812 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
5813 | unsigned int i; |
5814 | unsigned int maxidx; |
5815 | |
5816 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverdef_hdr; |
5817 | |
5818 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
5819 | if (contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
5820 | goto error_return; |
5821 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
5822 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
5823 | goto error_return; |
5824 | |
5825 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
5826 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
5827 | the maximum. */ |
5828 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
5829 | maxidx = 0; |
5830 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
5831 | { |
5832 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
5833 | |
5834 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff)) > maxidx) |
5835 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff); |
5836 | |
5837 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
5838 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
5839 | } |
5840 | |
5841 | amt = (bfd_size_type) maxidx * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef); |
5842 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
5843 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef == NULL((void*)0)) |
5844 | goto error_return; |
5845 | |
5846 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
5847 | |
5848 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
5849 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verdef; |
5850 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
5851 | { |
5852 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
5853 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
5854 | unsigned int j; |
5855 | |
5856 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
5857 | |
5858 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION0x7fff) - 1]; |
5859 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
5860 | |
5861 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
5862 | |
5863 | amt = (bfd_size_type) iverdef->vd_cnt * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux); |
5864 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
5865 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL((void*)0)) |
5866 | goto error_return; |
5867 | |
5868 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
5869 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
5870 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
5871 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
5872 | { |
5873 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
5874 | |
5875 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
5876 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
5877 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
5878 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
5879 | goto error_return; |
5880 | |
5881 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
5882 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
5883 | else |
5884 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
5885 | |
5886 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
5887 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
5888 | } |
5889 | |
5890 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
5891 | |
5892 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
5893 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
5894 | else |
5895 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL((void*)0); |
5896 | |
5897 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
5898 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
5899 | } |
5900 | |
5901 | free (contents); |
5902 | contents = NULL((void*)0); |
5903 | } |
5904 | |
5905 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> dynverref_section) != 0) |
5906 | { |
5907 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
5908 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
5909 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
5910 | unsigned int i; |
5911 | |
5912 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dynverref_hdr; |
5913 | |
5914 | amt = (bfd_size_type) hdr->sh_info * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed); |
5915 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
5916 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref == NULL((void*)0)) |
5917 | goto error_return; |
5918 | |
5919 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
5920 | |
5921 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
5922 | if (contents == NULL((void*)0)) |
5923 | goto error_return; |
5924 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
5925 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
5926 | goto error_return; |
5927 | |
5928 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
5929 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->verref; |
5930 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
5931 | { |
5932 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
5933 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
5934 | unsigned int j; |
5935 | |
5936 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
5937 | |
5938 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
5939 | |
5940 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
5941 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
5942 | iverneed->vn_file); |
5943 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL((void*)0)) |
5944 | goto error_return; |
5945 | |
5946 | amt = iverneed->vn_cnt; |
5947 | amt *= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux); |
5948 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
5949 | |
5950 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
5951 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
5952 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
5953 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
5954 | { |
5955 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
5956 | |
5957 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
5958 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
5959 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
5960 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL((void*)0)) |
5961 | goto error_return; |
5962 | |
5963 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
5964 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
5965 | else |
5966 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL((void*)0); |
5967 | |
5968 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
5969 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
5970 | } |
5971 | |
5972 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
5973 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
5974 | else |
5975 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL((void*)0); |
5976 | |
5977 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
5978 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
5979 | } |
5980 | |
5981 | free (contents); |
5982 | contents = NULL((void*)0); |
5983 | } |
5984 | |
5985 | return TRUE1; |
5986 | |
5987 | error_return: |
5988 | if (contents != NULL((void*)0)) |
5989 | free (contents); |
5990 | return FALSE0; |
5991 | } |
5992 | |
5993 | asymbol * |
5994 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
5995 | { |
5996 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
5997 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
5998 | |
5999 | newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
6000 | if (!newsym) |
6001 | return NULL((void*)0); |
6002 | else |
6003 | { |
6004 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
6005 | return &newsym->symbol; |
6006 | } |
6007 | } |
6008 | |
6009 | void |
6010 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6011 | asymbol *symbol, |
6012 | symbol_info *ret) |
6013 | { |
6014 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
6015 | } |
6016 | |
6017 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
6018 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
6019 | override it. */ |
6020 | |
6021 | bfd_boolean |
6022 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6023 | const char *name) |
6024 | { |
6025 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
6026 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
6027 | return TRUE1; |
6028 | |
6029 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
6030 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
6031 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
6032 | return TRUE1; |
6033 | |
6034 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
6035 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
6036 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
6037 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
6038 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
6039 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
6040 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
6041 | return TRUE1; |
6042 | |
6043 | return FALSE0; |
6044 | } |
6045 | |
6046 | alent * |
6047 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6048 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
6049 | { |
6050 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 6050, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
6051 | return NULL((void*)0); |
6052 | } |
6053 | |
6054 | bfd_boolean |
6055 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
6056 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
6057 | unsigned long machine) |
6058 | { |
6059 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
6060 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
6061 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->arch |
6062 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
6063 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
6064 | return FALSE0; |
6065 | |
6066 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
6067 | } |
6068 | |
6069 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
6070 | for error reporting. */ |
6071 | |
6072 | static bfd_boolean |
6073 | elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6074 | asection *section, |
6075 | asymbol **symbols, |
6076 | bfd_vma offset, |
6077 | const char **filename_ptr, |
6078 | const char **functionname_ptr) |
6079 | { |
6080 | const char *filename; |
6081 | asymbol *func; |
6082 | bfd_vma low_func; |
6083 | asymbol **p; |
6084 | |
6085 | filename = NULL((void*)0); |
6086 | func = NULL((void*)0); |
6087 | low_func = 0; |
6088 | |
6089 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL((void*)0); p++) |
6090 | { |
6091 | elf_symbol_type *q; |
6092 | |
6093 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; |
6094 | |
6095 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol)((&q->symbol)->section) != section) |
6096 | continue; |
6097 | |
6098 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)((q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) & 0xF)) |
6099 | { |
6100 | default: |
6101 | break; |
6102 | case STT_FILE4: |
6103 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (&q->symbol)((&q->symbol)->name); |
6104 | break; |
6105 | case STT_NOTYPE0: |
6106 | case STT_FUNC2: |
6107 | if (q->symbol.section == section |
6108 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func |
6109 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
6110 | { |
6111 | func = (asymbol *) q; |
6112 | low_func = q->symbol.value; |
6113 | } |
6114 | break; |
6115 | } |
6116 | } |
6117 | |
6118 | if (func == NULL((void*)0)) |
6119 | return FALSE0; |
6120 | |
6121 | if (filename_ptr) |
6122 | *filename_ptr = filename; |
6123 | if (functionname_ptr) |
6124 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func)((func)->name); |
6125 | |
6126 | return TRUE1; |
6127 | } |
6128 | |
6129 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
6130 | for error reporting. */ |
6131 | |
6132 | bfd_boolean |
6133 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
6134 | asection *section, |
6135 | asymbol **symbols, |
6136 | bfd_vma offset, |
6137 | const char **filename_ptr, |
6138 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
6139 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
6140 | { |
6141 | bfd_boolean found; |
6142 | |
6143 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
6144 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
6145 | line_ptr)) |
6146 | { |
6147 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
6148 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
6149 | *filename_ptr ? NULL((void*)0) : filename_ptr, |
6150 | functionname_ptr); |
6151 | |
6152 | return TRUE1; |
6153 | } |
6154 | |
6155 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
6156 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
6157 | line_ptr, 0, |
6158 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
6159 | { |
6160 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
6161 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
6162 | *filename_ptr ? NULL((void*)0) : filename_ptr, |
6163 | functionname_ptr); |
6164 | |
6165 | return TRUE1; |
6166 | } |
6167 | |
6168 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
6169 | &found, filename_ptr, |
6170 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
6171 | &elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->line_info)) |
6172 | return FALSE0; |
6173 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
6174 | return TRUE1; |
6175 | |
6176 | if (symbols == NULL((void*)0)) |
6177 | return FALSE0; |
6178 | |
6179 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
6180 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
6181 | return FALSE0; |
6182 | |
6183 | *line_ptr = 0; |
6184 | return TRUE1; |
6185 | } |
6186 | |
6187 | int |
6188 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean reloc) |
6189 | { |
6190 | int ret; |
6191 | |
6192 | ret = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data )->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
6193 | if (! reloc) |
6194 | ret += get_program_header_size (abfd); |
6195 | return ret; |
6196 | } |
6197 | |
6198 | bfd_boolean |
6199 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
6200 | sec_ptr section, |
6201 | const void *location, |
6202 | file_ptr offset, |
6203 | bfd_size_type count) |
6204 | { |
6205 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
6206 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
6207 | |
6208 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
6209 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL((void*)0))) |
6210 | return FALSE0; |
6211 | |
6212 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)section->used_by_bfd)->this_hdr; |
6213 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
6214 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET0) != 0 |
6215 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
6216 | return FALSE0; |
6217 | |
6218 | return TRUE1; |
6219 | } |
6220 | |
6221 | void |
6222 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6223 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6224 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
6225 | { |
6226 | abort ()_bfd_abort ("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/bfd/elf.c", 6226, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ ); |
6227 | } |
6228 | |
6229 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
6230 | |
6231 | bfd_boolean |
6232 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
6233 | { |
6234 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
6235 | |
6236 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
6237 | { |
6238 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
6239 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
6240 | |
6241 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
6242 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
6243 | |
6244 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
6245 | { |
6246 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
6247 | { |
6248 | case 8: |
6249 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
6250 | break; |
6251 | case 12: |
6252 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
6253 | break; |
6254 | case 16: |
6255 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
6256 | break; |
6257 | case 24: |
6258 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
6259 | break; |
6260 | case 32: |
6261 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
6262 | break; |
6263 | case 64: |
6264 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
6265 | break; |
6266 | default: |
6267 | goto fail; |
6268 | } |
6269 | |
6270 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
6271 | |
6272 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
6273 | { |
6274 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
6275 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
6276 | else |
6277 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
6278 | } |
6279 | } |
6280 | else |
6281 | { |
6282 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
6283 | { |
6284 | case 8: |
6285 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
6286 | break; |
6287 | case 14: |
6288 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
6289 | break; |
6290 | case 16: |
6291 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
6292 | break; |
6293 | case 26: |
6294 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
6295 | break; |
6296 | case 32: |
6297 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
6298 | break; |
6299 | case 64: |
6300 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
6301 | break; |
6302 | default: |
6303 | goto fail; |
6304 | } |
6305 | |
6306 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
6307 | } |
6308 | |
6309 | if (howto) |
6310 | areloc->howto = howto; |
6311 | else |
6312 | goto fail; |
6313 | } |
6314 | |
6315 | return TRUE1; |
6316 | |
6317 | fail: |
6318 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
6319 | (_("%s: unsupported relocation type %s")("%s: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
6320 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), areloc->howto->name); |
6321 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
6322 | return FALSE0; |
6323 | } |
6324 | |
6325 | bfd_boolean |
6326 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
6327 | { |
6328 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd)((abfd)->format) == bfd_object) |
6329 | { |
6330 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr) != NULL((void*)0)) |
6331 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> strtab_ptr)); |
6332 | } |
6333 | |
6334 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanupbfd_true (abfd); |
6335 | } |
6336 | |
6337 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
6338 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
6339 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
6340 | this reloc. */ |
6341 | |
6342 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
6343 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
6344 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6345 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6346 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), |
6347 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
6348 | { |
6349 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
6350 | } |
6351 | |
6352 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
6353 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
6354 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
6355 | out details about the corefile. */ |
6356 | |
6357 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
6358 | # include <sys/procfs.h> |
6359 | #endif |
6360 | |
6361 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
6362 | |
6363 | static int |
6364 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
6365 | { |
6366 | int pid; |
6367 | |
6368 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid; |
6369 | if (pid == 0) |
6370 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid; |
6371 | |
6372 | return pid; |
6373 | } |
6374 | |
6375 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
6376 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
6377 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
6378 | overwrite it. */ |
6379 | |
6380 | static bfd_boolean |
6381 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
6382 | { |
6383 | asection *sect2; |
6384 | |
6385 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL((void*)0)) |
6386 | return TRUE1; |
6387 | |
6388 | sect2 = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
6389 | if (sect2 == NULL((void*)0)) |
6390 | return FALSE0; |
6391 | |
6392 | sect2->_raw_size = sect->_raw_size; |
6393 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
6394 | sect2->flags = sect->flags; |
6395 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
6396 | return TRUE1; |
6397 | } |
6398 | |
6399 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
6400 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
6401 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
6402 | such a section already exists. |
6403 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
6404 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
6405 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
6406 | bfd_boolean |
6407 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
6408 | char *name, |
6409 | size_t size, |
6410 | ufile_ptr filepos) |
6411 | { |
6412 | char buf[100]; |
6413 | char *threaded_name; |
6414 | size_t len; |
6415 | asection *sect; |
6416 | |
6417 | /* Build the section name. */ |
6418 | |
6419 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
6420 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
6421 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
6422 | if (threaded_name == NULL((void*)0)) |
6423 | return FALSE0; |
6424 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
6425 | |
6426 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, threaded_name); |
6427 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
6428 | return FALSE0; |
6429 | sect->_raw_size = size; |
6430 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
6431 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
6432 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
6433 | |
6434 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
6435 | } |
6436 | |
6437 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
6438 | solaris 2.5+ |
6439 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
6440 | unixware 4.2 |
6441 | */ |
6442 | |
6443 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
6444 | |
6445 | static bfd_boolean |
6446 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6447 | { |
6448 | size_t raw_size; |
6449 | int offset; |
6450 | |
6451 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
6452 | { |
6453 | prstatus_t prstat; |
6454 | |
6455 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
6456 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
6457 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
6458 | |
6459 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
6460 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
6461 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal == 0) |
6462 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
6463 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
6464 | |
6465 | /* pr_who exists on: |
6466 | solaris 2.5+ |
6467 | unixware 4.2 |
6468 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
6469 | linux 2.[01] |
6470 | */ |
6471 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
6472 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
6473 | #endif |
6474 | } |
6475 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
6476 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
6477 | { |
6478 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
6479 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
6480 | |
6481 | raw_size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
6482 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
6483 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
6484 | |
6485 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
6486 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
6487 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal == 0) |
6488 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
6489 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
6490 | |
6491 | /* pr_who exists on: |
6492 | solaris 2.5+ |
6493 | unixware 4.2 |
6494 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
6495 | linux 2.[01] |
6496 | */ |
6497 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
6498 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
6499 | #endif |
6500 | } |
6501 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
6502 | else |
6503 | { |
6504 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
6505 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
6506 | return TRUE1; |
6507 | } |
6508 | |
6509 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
6510 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
6511 | raw_size, note->descpos + offset); |
6512 | } |
6513 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
6514 | |
6515 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
6516 | static bfd_boolean |
6517 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
6518 | char *name, |
6519 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6520 | { |
6521 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
6522 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
6523 | } |
6524 | |
6525 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
6526 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
6527 | data structure apart. */ |
6528 | |
6529 | static bfd_boolean |
6530 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6531 | { |
6532 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
6533 | } |
6534 | |
6535 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
6536 | type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents |
6537 | literally. */ |
6538 | |
6539 | static bfd_boolean |
6540 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6541 | { |
6542 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
6543 | } |
6544 | |
6545 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
6546 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
6547 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
6548 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
6549 | #endif |
6550 | #endif |
6551 | |
6552 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
6553 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
6554 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
6555 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
6556 | #endif |
6557 | #endif |
6558 | |
6559 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
6560 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
6561 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
6562 | |
6563 | char * |
6564 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
6565 | { |
6566 | char *dups; |
6567 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
6568 | size_t len; |
6569 | |
6570 | if (end == NULL((void*)0)) |
6571 | len = max; |
6572 | else |
6573 | len = end - start; |
6574 | |
6575 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
6576 | if (dups == NULL((void*)0)) |
6577 | return NULL((void*)0); |
6578 | |
6579 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
6580 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
6581 | |
6582 | return dups; |
6583 | } |
6584 | |
6585 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
6586 | static bfd_boolean |
6587 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6588 | { |
6589 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
6590 | { |
6591 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
6592 | |
6593 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
6594 | |
6595 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_program |
6596 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
6597 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
6598 | |
6599 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
6600 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
6601 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
6602 | } |
6603 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
6604 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
6605 | { |
6606 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
6607 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
6608 | |
6609 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
6610 | |
6611 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_program |
6612 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
6613 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
6614 | |
6615 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
6616 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
6617 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
6618 | } |
6619 | #endif |
6620 | |
6621 | else |
6622 | { |
6623 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
6624 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
6625 | return TRUE1; |
6626 | } |
6627 | |
6628 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
6629 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
6630 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
6631 | |
6632 | { |
6633 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command; |
6634 | int n = strlen (command); |
6635 | |
6636 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
6637 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
6638 | } |
6639 | |
6640 | return TRUE1; |
6641 | } |
6642 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
6643 | |
6644 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
6645 | static bfd_boolean |
6646 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6647 | { |
6648 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
6649 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
6650 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
6651 | #endif |
6652 | ) |
6653 | { |
6654 | pstatus_t pstat; |
6655 | |
6656 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
6657 | |
6658 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
6659 | } |
6660 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
6661 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
6662 | { |
6663 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
6664 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
6665 | |
6666 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
6667 | |
6668 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
6669 | } |
6670 | #endif |
6671 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
6672 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
6673 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
6674 | |
6675 | return TRUE1; |
6676 | } |
6677 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
6678 | |
6679 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
6680 | static bfd_boolean |
6681 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6682 | { |
6683 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
6684 | char buf[100]; |
6685 | char *name; |
6686 | size_t len; |
6687 | asection *sect; |
6688 | |
6689 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
6690 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
6691 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
6692 | #endif |
6693 | ) |
6694 | return TRUE1; |
6695 | |
6696 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
6697 | |
6698 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
6699 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
6700 | |
6701 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
6702 | |
6703 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
6704 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
6705 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
6706 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
6707 | return FALSE0; |
6708 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
6709 | |
6710 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
6711 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
6712 | return FALSE0; |
6713 | |
6714 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
6715 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
6716 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
6717 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
6718 | #endif |
6719 | |
6720 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
6721 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
6722 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
6723 | #endif |
6724 | |
6725 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
6726 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
6727 | |
6728 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
6729 | return FALSE0; |
6730 | |
6731 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
6732 | |
6733 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
6734 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
6735 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
6736 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
6737 | return FALSE0; |
6738 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
6739 | |
6740 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
6741 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
6742 | return FALSE0; |
6743 | |
6744 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
6745 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
6746 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
6747 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs ); |
6748 | #endif |
6749 | |
6750 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
6751 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
6752 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg)__builtin_offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
6753 | #endif |
6754 | |
6755 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
6756 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
6757 | |
6758 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
6759 | } |
6760 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
6761 | |
6762 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
6763 | static bfd_boolean |
6764 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6765 | { |
6766 | char buf[30]; |
6767 | char *name; |
6768 | size_t len; |
6769 | asection *sect; |
6770 | win32_pstatus_t pstatus; |
6771 | |
6772 | if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) |
6773 | return TRUE1; |
6774 | |
6775 | memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus)); |
6776 | |
6777 | switch (pstatus.data_type) |
6778 | { |
6779 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: |
6780 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ |
6781 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; |
6782 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; |
6783 | break; |
6784 | |
6785 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: |
6786 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
6787 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); |
6788 | |
6789 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
6790 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
6791 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
6792 | return FALSE0; |
6793 | |
6794 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
6795 | |
6796 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
6797 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
6798 | return FALSE0; |
6799 | |
6800 | sect->_raw_size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); |
6801 | sect->filepos = (note->descpos |
6802 | + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,__builtin_offsetof(struct win32_pstatus, data.thread_info.thread_context ) |
6803 | data.thread_info.thread_context)__builtin_offsetof(struct win32_pstatus, data.thread_info.thread_context )); |
6804 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
6805 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
6806 | |
6807 | if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) |
6808 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
6809 | return FALSE0; |
6810 | break; |
6811 | |
6812 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: |
6813 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
6814 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08x", pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); |
6815 | |
6816 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
6817 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
6818 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
6819 | return FALSE0; |
6820 | |
6821 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
6822 | |
6823 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
6824 | |
6825 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
6826 | return FALSE0; |
6827 | |
6828 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
6829 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
6830 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
6831 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
6832 | break; |
6833 | |
6834 | default: |
6835 | return TRUE1; |
6836 | } |
6837 | |
6838 | return TRUE1; |
6839 | } |
6840 | #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ |
6841 | |
6842 | static bfd_boolean |
6843 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6844 | { |
6845 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
6846 | |
6847 | switch (note->type) |
6848 | { |
6849 | default: |
6850 | return TRUE1; |
6851 | |
6852 | case NT_PRSTATUS1: |
6853 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
6854 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
6855 | return TRUE1; |
6856 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
6857 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
6858 | #else |
6859 | return TRUE1; |
6860 | #endif |
6861 | |
6862 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
6863 | case NT_PSTATUS10: |
6864 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
6865 | #endif |
6866 | |
6867 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
6868 | case NT_LWPSTATUS16: |
6869 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
6870 | #endif |
6871 | |
6872 | case NT_FPREGSET2: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
6873 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
6874 | |
6875 | #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
6876 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS18: |
6877 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
6878 | #endif |
6879 | |
6880 | case NT_PRXFPREG0x46e62b7f: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
6881 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
6882 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
6883 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
6884 | else |
6885 | return TRUE1; |
6886 | |
6887 | case NT_PRPSINFO3: |
6888 | case NT_PSINFO13: |
6889 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
6890 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
6891 | return TRUE1; |
6892 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
6893 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
6894 | #else |
6895 | return TRUE1; |
6896 | #endif |
6897 | |
6898 | case NT_AUXV6: |
6899 | { |
6900 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv"); |
6901 | |
6902 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
6903 | return FALSE0; |
6904 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
6905 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
6906 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
6907 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
6908 | |
6909 | return TRUE1; |
6910 | } |
6911 | } |
6912 | } |
6913 | |
6914 | static bfd_boolean |
6915 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
6916 | { |
6917 | char *cp; |
6918 | |
6919 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
6920 | if (cp != NULL((void*)0)) |
6921 | { |
6922 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
6923 | return TRUE1; |
6924 | } |
6925 | return FALSE0; |
6926 | } |
6927 | |
6928 | static bfd_boolean |
6929 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6930 | { |
6931 | |
6932 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
6933 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal |
6934 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x08)); |
6935 | |
6936 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
6937 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid |
6938 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x50)); |
6939 | |
6940 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
6941 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
6942 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
6943 | |
6944 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
6945 | note); |
6946 | } |
6947 | |
6948 | static bfd_boolean |
6949 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
6950 | { |
6951 | int lwp; |
6952 | |
6953 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
6954 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
6955 | |
6956 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO1) |
6957 | { |
6958 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
6959 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
6960 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
6961 | creates a core file. */ |
6962 | |
6963 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
6964 | } |
6965 | |
6966 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
6967 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
6968 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
6969 | understand it. */ |
6970 | |
6971 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32) |
6972 | return TRUE1; |
6973 | |
6974 | |
6975 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
6976 | { |
6977 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
6978 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
6979 | |
6980 | case bfd_arch_alpha: |
6981 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
6982 | switch (note->type) |
6983 | { |
6984 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+0: |
6985 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
6986 | |
6987 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+2: |
6988 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
6989 | |
6990 | default: |
6991 | return TRUE1; |
6992 | } |
6993 | |
6994 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
6995 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
6996 | |
6997 | default: |
6998 | switch (note->type) |
6999 | { |
7000 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+1: |
7001 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
7002 | |
7003 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH32+3: |
7004 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
7005 | |
7006 | default: |
7007 | return TRUE1; |
7008 | } |
7009 | } |
7010 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
7011 | } |
7012 | |
7013 | static bfd_boolean |
7014 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7015 | { |
7016 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
7017 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal |
7018 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x08)); |
7019 | |
7020 | /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ |
7021 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid |
7022 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) note-> descdata + 0x20)); |
7023 | |
7024 | /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
7025 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_command |
7026 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); |
7027 | |
7028 | return TRUE1; |
7029 | } |
7030 | |
7031 | static bfd_boolean |
7032 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7033 | { |
7034 | int lwp; |
7035 | |
7036 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
7037 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
7038 | |
7039 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO10) |
7040 | return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
7041 | |
7042 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS20) |
7043 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
7044 | |
7045 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS21) |
7046 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
7047 | |
7048 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS22) |
7049 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
7050 | |
7051 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV11) |
7052 | { |
7053 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".auxv"); |
7054 | |
7055 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7056 | return FALSE0; |
7057 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
7058 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
7059 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
7060 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
7061 | |
7062 | return TRUE1; |
7063 | } |
7064 | |
7065 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE23) |
7066 | { |
7067 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, ".wcookie"); |
7068 | |
7069 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7070 | return FALSE0; |
7071 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
7072 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
7073 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
7074 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
7075 | |
7076 | return TRUE1; |
7077 | } |
7078 | |
7079 | return TRUE1; |
7080 | } |
7081 | |
7082 | static bfd_boolean |
7083 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t *tid) |
7084 | { |
7085 | void *ddata = note->descdata; |
7086 | char buf[100]; |
7087 | char *name; |
7088 | asection *sect; |
7089 | short sig; |
7090 | unsigned flags; |
7091 | |
7092 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
7093 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata)); |
7094 | |
7095 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
7096 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 4) ); |
7097 | |
7098 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
7099 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx32)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 8) ); |
7100 | |
7101 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
7102 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_getx16)) ((bfd_byte *) ddata + 14 ))) > 0) |
7103 | { |
7104 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_signal = sig; |
7105 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
7106 | } |
7107 | |
7108 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
7109 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
7110 | thread just in case. */ |
7111 | if (flags & 0x00000080) |
7112 | elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
7113 | |
7114 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
7115 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%d", *tid); |
7116 | |
7117 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
7118 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7119 | return FALSE0; |
7120 | strcpy (name, buf); |
7121 | |
7122 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
7123 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7124 | return FALSE0; |
7125 | |
7126 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
7127 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
7128 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
7129 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7130 | |
7131 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
7132 | } |
7133 | |
7134 | static bfd_boolean |
7135 | elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, pid_t tid) |
7136 | { |
7137 | char buf[100]; |
7138 | char *name; |
7139 | asection *sect; |
7140 | |
7141 | /* Make a ".reg/%d" section. */ |
7142 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", tid); |
7143 | |
7144 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
7145 | if (name == NULL((void*)0)) |
7146 | return FALSE0; |
7147 | strcpy (name, buf); |
7148 | |
7149 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
7150 | if (sect == NULL((void*)0)) |
7151 | return FALSE0; |
7152 | |
7153 | sect->_raw_size = note->descsz; |
7154 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
7155 | sect->flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS0x200; |
7156 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
7157 | |
7158 | /* This is the current thread. */ |
7159 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->core_lwpid == tid) |
7160 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect); |
7161 | |
7162 | return TRUE1; |
7163 | } |
7164 | |
7165 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO7 7 |
7166 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS8 8 |
7167 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG9 9 |
7168 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG10 10 |
7169 | |
7170 | static bfd_boolean |
7171 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
7172 | { |
7173 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
7174 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
7175 | function. */ |
7176 | static pid_t tid = 1; |
7177 | |
7178 | switch (note->type) |
7179 | { |
7180 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO7: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
7181 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS8: return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
7182 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG9: return elfcore_grok_nto_gregs (abfd, note, tid); |
7183 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG10: return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
7184 | default: return TRUE1; |
7185 | } |
7186 | } |
7187 | |
7188 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
7189 | |
7190 | Inputs: |
7191 | buffer to hold note |
7192 | name of note |
7193 | type of note |
7194 | data for note |
7195 | size of data for note |
7196 | |
7197 | Return: |
7198 | End of buffer containing note. */ |
7199 | |
7200 | char * |
7201 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
7202 | char *buf, |
7203 | int *bufsiz, |
7204 | const char *name, |
7205 | int type, |
7206 | const void *input, |
7207 | int size) |
7208 | { |
7209 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
7210 | size_t namesz; |
7211 | size_t pad; |
7212 | size_t newspace; |
7213 | char *p, *dest; |
7214 | |
7215 | namesz = 0; |
7216 | pad = 0; |
7217 | if (name != NULL((void*)0)) |
7218 | { |
7219 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
7220 | |
7221 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
7222 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (abfd)->xvec->backend_data ); |
7223 | pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1); |
7224 | } |
7225 | |
7226 | newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size; |
7227 | |
7228 | p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
7229 | dest = p + *bufsiz; |
7230 | *bufsiz += newspace; |
7231 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
7232 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (namesz, xnp->namesz )); |
7233 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (size, xnp->descsz) ); |
7234 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_putx32)) (type, xnp->type)); |
7235 | dest = xnp->name; |
7236 | if (name != NULL((void*)0)) |
7237 | { |
7238 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
7239 | dest += namesz; |
7240 | while (pad != 0) |
7241 | { |
7242 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
7243 | --pad; |
7244 | } |
7245 | } |
7246 | memcpy (dest, input, size); |
7247 | return p; |
7248 | } |
7249 | |
7250 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
7251 | char * |
7252 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
7253 | char *buf, |
7254 | int *bufsiz, |
7255 | const char *fname, |
7256 | const char *psargs) |
7257 | { |
7258 | int note_type; |
7259 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
7260 | |
7261 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
7262 | psinfo_t data; |
7263 | note_type = NT_PSINFO13; |
7264 | #else |
7265 | prpsinfo_t data; |
7266 | note_type = NT_PRPSINFO3; |
7267 | #endif |
7268 | |
7269 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
7270 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
7271 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
7272 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
7273 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
7274 | } |
7275 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
7276 | |
7277 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
7278 | char * |
7279 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
7280 | char *buf, |
7281 | int *bufsiz, |
7282 | long pid, |
7283 | int cursig, |
7284 | const void *gregs) |
7285 | { |
7286 | prstatus_t prstat; |
7287 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
7288 | |
7289 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
7290 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
7291 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
7292 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
7293 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
7294 | note_name, NT_PRSTATUS1, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
7295 | } |
7296 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
7297 | |
7298 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
7299 | char * |
7300 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
7301 | char *buf, |
7302 | int *bufsiz, |
7303 | long pid, |
7304 | int cursig, |
7305 | const void *gregs) |
7306 | { |
7307 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
7308 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
7309 | |
7310 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
7311 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
7312 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
7313 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
7314 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
7315 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
7316 | #if !defined(gregs) |
7317 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
7318 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
7319 | #else |
7320 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
7321 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
7322 | #endif |
7323 | #endif |
7324 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
7325 | NT_LWPSTATUS16, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
7326 | } |
7327 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
7328 | |
7329 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
7330 | char * |
7331 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
7332 | char *buf, |
7333 | int *bufsiz, |
7334 | long pid, |
7335 | int cursig, |
7336 | const void *gregs) |
7337 | { |
7338 | pstatus_t pstat; |
7339 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
7340 | |
7341 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
7342 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
7343 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
7344 | NT_PSTATUS10, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
7345 | return buf; |
7346 | } |
7347 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
7348 | |
7349 | char * |
7350 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
7351 | char *buf, |
7352 | int *bufsiz, |
7353 | const void *fpregs, |
7354 | int size) |
7355 | { |
7356 | char *note_name = "CORE"; |
7357 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
7358 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET2, fpregs, size); |
7359 | } |
7360 | |
7361 | char * |
7362 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
7363 | char *buf, |
7364 | int *bufsiz, |
7365 | const void *xfpregs, |
7366 | int size) |
7367 | { |
7368 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
7369 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
7370 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG0x46e62b7f, xfpregs, size); |
7371 | } |
7372 | |
7373 | static bfd_boolean |
7374 | elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
7375 | { |
7376 | char *buf; |
7377 | char *p; |
7378 | |
7379 | if (size <= 0) |
7380 | return TRUE1; |
7381 | |
7382 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET0) != 0) |
7383 | return FALSE0; |
7384 | |
7385 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
7386 | if (buf == NULL((void*)0)) |
7387 | return FALSE0; |
7388 | |
7389 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
7390 | { |
7391 | error: |
7392 | free (buf); |
7393 | return FALSE0; |
7394 | } |
7395 | |
7396 | p = buf; |
7397 | while (p < buf + size) |
7398 | { |
7399 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
7400 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
7401 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
7402 | |
7403 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->type)); |
7404 | |
7405 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->namesz)); |
7406 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
7407 | |
7408 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz)((*((abfd)->xvec->bfd_h_getx32)) (xnp->descsz)); |
7409 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4)((((bfd_vma) (in.namesz) + (4) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (in.namesz )) ? (((bfd_vma) (in.namesz) + ((4) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ( (4)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
7410 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
7411 | |
7412 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0) |
7413 | { |
7414 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
7415 | goto error; |
7416 | } |
7417 | if (strncmp (in.namedata, "OpenBSD", 7) == 0) |
7418 | { |
7419 | if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
7420 | goto error; |
7421 | } |
7422 | else if (strncmp (in.namedata, "QNX", 3) == 0) |
7423 | { |
7424 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) |
7425 | goto error; |
7426 | } |
7427 | else |
7428 | { |
7429 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
7430 | goto error; |
7431 | } |
7432 | |
7433 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4)((((bfd_vma) (in.descsz) + (4) - 1) >= (bfd_vma) (in.descsz )) ? (((bfd_vma) (in.descsz) + ((4) - 1)) & ~ (bfd_vma) ( (4)-1)) : ~ (bfd_vma) 0); |
7434 | } |
7435 | |
7436 | free (buf); |
7437 | return TRUE1; |
7438 | } |
7439 | |
7440 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
7441 | |
7442 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
7443 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
7444 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
7445 | |
7446 | long |
7447 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
7448 | { |
7449 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
7450 | { |
7451 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
7452 | return -1; |
7453 | } |
7454 | |
7455 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
7456 | } |
7457 | |
7458 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
7459 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
7460 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
7461 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
7462 | |
7463 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
7464 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
7465 | |
7466 | int |
7467 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
7468 | { |
7469 | int num_phdrs; |
7470 | |
7471 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
7472 | { |
7473 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
7474 | return -1; |
7475 | } |
7476 | |
7477 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header)->e_phnum; |
7478 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data)->phdr, |
7479 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
7480 | |
7481 | return num_phdrs; |
7482 | } |
7483 | |
7484 | void |
7485 | _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), char *buf, bfd_vma value) |
7486 | { |
7487 | #ifdef BFD64 |
7488 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
7489 | |
7490 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
7491 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
7492 | sprintf_vma (buf, value)sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
7493 | else |
7494 | { |
7495 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] == ELFCLASS642) |
7496 | { |
7497 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG1 |
7498 | sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
7499 | #else |
7500 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), |
7501 | _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
7502 | #endif |
7503 | } |
7504 | else |
7505 | sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
7506 | } |
7507 | #else |
7508 | sprintf_vma (buf, value)sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
7509 | #endif |
7510 | } |
7511 | |
7512 | void |
7513 | _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__)), void *stream, bfd_vma value) |
7514 | { |
7515 | #ifdef BFD64 |
7516 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
7517 | |
7518 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd)(((abfd) -> tdata.elf_obj_data) -> elf_header); |
7519 | if (i_ehdrp == NULL((void*)0)) |
7520 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value)fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
7521 | else |
7522 | { |
7523 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS4] == ELFCLASS642) |
7524 | { |
7525 | #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG1 |
7526 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
7527 | #else |
7528 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", |
7529 | _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
7530 | #endif |
7531 | } |
7532 | else |
7533 | fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", |
7534 | (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
7535 | } |
7536 | #else |
7537 | fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value)fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
7538 | #endif |
7539 | } |
7540 | |
7541 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
7542 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED__attribute__ ((__unused__))) |
7543 | { |
7544 | return reloc_class_normal; |
7545 | } |
7546 | |
7547 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
7548 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
7549 | |
7550 | bfd_vma |
7551 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
7552 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
7553 | asection **psec, |
7554 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
7555 | { |
7556 | asection *sec = *psec; |
7557 | bfd_vma relocation; |
7558 | |
7559 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
7560 | + sec->output_offset |
7561 | + sym->st_value); |
7562 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE0x20000000) |
7563 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)((sym->st_info) & 0xF) == STT_SECTION3 |
7564 | && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2) |
7565 | { |
7566 | rel->r_addend = |
7567 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
7568 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
7569 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend, |
7570 | 0); |
7571 | sec = *psec; |
7572 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
7573 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
7574 | } |
7575 | return relocation; |
7576 | } |
7577 | |
7578 | bfd_vma |
7579 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
7580 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
7581 | asection **psec, |
7582 | bfd_vma addend) |
7583 | { |
7584 | asection *sec = *psec; |
7585 | |
7586 | if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE2) |
7587 | return sym->st_value + addend; |
7588 | |
7589 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
7590 | elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd)->sec_info, |
7591 | sym->st_value + addend, 0); |
7592 | } |
7593 | |
7594 | bfd_vma |
7595 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
7596 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
7597 | asection *sec, |
7598 | bfd_vma offset) |
7599 | { |
7600 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data; |
7601 | |
7602 | sec_data = elf_section_data (sec)((struct bfd_elf_section_data*)sec->used_by_bfd); |
7603 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
7604 | { |
7605 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS1: |
7606 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (abfd, |
7607 | &elf_hash_table (info)((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))->merge_info, |
7608 | sec, &sec_data->sec_info, offset); |
7609 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME3: |
7610 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, sec, offset); |
7611 | default: |
7612 | return offset; |
7613 | } |
7614 | } |
7615 | |
7616 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
7617 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
7618 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
7619 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
7620 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
7621 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
7622 | |
7623 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
7624 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
7625 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
7626 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
7627 | the remote memory. */ |
7628 | |
7629 | bfd * |
7630 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
7631 | (bfd *templ, |
7632 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
7633 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
7634 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, char *, int)) |
7635 | { |
7636 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)((const struct elf_backend_data *) (templ)->xvec->backend_data )->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
7637 | (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
7638 | } |